Códigos de Fallas Nissan Navara (Inglés)

ENGINE
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SECTION EC EC
E
CONTENTS
QR CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor F
Mode ........................................................................52
SERVICE INFORMATION ........................... 12
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION
G
INDEX FOR DTC ................................................12 VALUE ............................................................... 56
DTC No. Index ........................................................ 12 Description ...............................................................56
Testing Condition .....................................................56
PRECAUTIONS ..................................................14 Inspection Procedure ...............................................56 H
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................57
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
SIONER" ................................................................. 14 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT I
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine ........ 14 INCIDENT .......................................................... 64
Precaution ............................................................... 14 Description ...............................................................64
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................64
PREPARATION ..................................................18 J
Special Service Tool ............................................... 18 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 65
Commercial Service Tool ........................................ 18 Wiring Diagram ........................................................65
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................66 K
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ............................20 Ground Inspection ...................................................70
System Diagram ...................................................... 20
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ......21 L
LINE ................................................................... 71
Introduction ............................................................. 21
Description ...............................................................71
Two Trip Detection Logic ........................................ 21
On Board Diagnosis Logic .......................................71
Emission-related Diagnostic Information ................. 21 M
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................71
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ........................23 Wiring Diagram ........................................................72
Basic Inspection ...................................................... 23
DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION ............... 73 N
Procedure After Replacing ECM ............................. 26
Description ...............................................................73
Fuel Pressure Check ............................................... 26
On Board Diagnosis Logic .......................................73
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .....................................27 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................73
O
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................... 27
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL ............................... 74
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................. 31
Description ...............................................................74
Fail-Safe Chart ........................................................ 32
On Board Diagnosis Logic .......................................74 P
Symptom Matrix Chart ............................................ 33
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................75
Engine Control Component Parts Location ............. 37
Overall Function Check ...........................................75
Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................... 43
Wiring Diagram ........................................................77
Circuit Diagram ....................................................... 44
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............. 46 DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID
ECM Terminal and Reference Value ...................... 46 VALVE ............................................................... 78
Component Description ...........................................78
Revision: 2007 September EC-1 D40

On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 78 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) .............. 101
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 78 Component Description ........................................ 101
Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 79 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 101
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 101
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ................... 80 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 102
Component Description .......................................... 80
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 80 DTC P0500 VSS ............................................... 103
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 80 Description ............................................................ 103
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .................... 82 Overall Function Check ......................................... 103
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 82 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR ............................... 105
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ...................... 84 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 106
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 84 DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY ................ 107
DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 ............................... 86 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 108
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 86 DTC P0605 ECM .............................................. 109
Overall Function Check .......................................... 87 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 109
Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 88 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 109
DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 ............................... 89 DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ......... 111
Component Description .......................................... 89 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 111
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 89 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 111
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 89 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 112
Overall Function Check .......................................... 90
Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 91 DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH ................................ 113
Component Description ........................................ 113
DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 ............................... 92 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 113
Component Description .......................................... 92 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 113
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 92 Overall Function Check ......................................... 113
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 92 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 115
Overall Function Check .......................................... 93
Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 94 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE.. 116
System Description ............................................... 116
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ...................... 95 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 117
Component Description .......................................... 95 Overall Function Check ......................................... 117
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 95 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 119
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 95 Main 12 Causes of Overheating ........................... 121
Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 96
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR .................................. 122
DTC P0327, P0328 KS ...................................... 97 Component Description ........................................ 122
Component Description .......................................... 97 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 122
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 97 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 122
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 97
Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 98 DTC P1226 TP SENSOR .................................. 123
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ..................... 99 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 123
Component Description .......................................... 99 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 123
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 99
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 99 DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH .......... 124
Wiring Diagram ......................................................100 Component Description ........................................ 124
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 124

DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 124 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 144
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 125 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 144 A
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 145
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ............... 126
Component Description ......................................... 126 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR ................................ 146
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 126 Component Description ......................................... 146 EC
Overall Function Check ......................................... 127 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 146
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 128 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 147 C
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SEN- DTC P2138 APP SENSOR ............................. 148
SOR .................................................................. 130 Component Description ......................................... 148
D
Component Description ......................................... 130 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 148
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 130 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 148
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 130 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 149
E
DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (TUR- DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 ........................... 150
BINE REVOLUTION SENSOR) ....................... 131 Component Description ......................................... 150
Description ............................................................ 131 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 150 F
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 152
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH .......................... 132
Description ............................................................ 132 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER ................................ 153 G
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 132 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 153
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 133
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .................................. 154
H
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 154
DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL
ASCD INDICATOR .......................................... 155
MOTOR RELAY ............................................... 134
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 155 I
Component Description ......................................... 134
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 134 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CON-
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 134 TROL SOLENOID VALVE .............................. 156
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 135 J
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 156
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CON- EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE . 157
TROL FUNCTION ............................................. 136 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 157 K
Description ............................................................ 136
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 136 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SEN-
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 136 SOR ................................................................. 158
L
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 137 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 158
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR .. 138 FUEL INJECTOR ............................................ 159
Component Description ......................................... 138 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 159 M
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 138 FUEL PUMP .................................................... 160
N
DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CON- HO2S2 ............................................................. 161
TROL ACTUATOR ........................................... 140 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 161
Component Description ......................................... 140 O
HO2S2 HEATER ............................................. 162
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 162
IAT SENSOR ................................................... 163 P
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR .................. 142
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 163
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 142 IGNITION SIGNAL .......................................... 164
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 143
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .......... 167
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR .................. 144 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 167

MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR .............. 168 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Wiring Diagram ......................................................168 Mode ..................................................................... 211
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT

(SDS) ................................................................ 170 INCIDENT ......................................................... 215
Fuel Pressure ........................................................170 Description ............................................................ 215
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ..............................170 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 215
Mass Air Flow Sensor ............................................170
Intake Air Temperature Sensor .............................170 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 216
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ....................170 ECM Terminal and Reference Value .................... 216
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 Heater ..............................170 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 217
Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater ...........................170 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 217
Throttle Control Motor ............................................170 Ground Inspection ................................................. 221
Fuel Injector ...........................................................171 DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ..... 222
Fuel Pump .............................................................171
Description ............................................................ 222
YD TYPE 1 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 222
SERVICE INFORMATION .......................... 172 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 223
APPLICATION NOTICE .................................. 172 DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION ........ 224
How to Check Vehicle Type ..................................172
INDEX FOR DTC ............................................. 173 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 224
DTC No. Index .......................................................173 DTC P0045 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLE-
PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 176 NOID VALVE .................................................... 225
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System Description ............................................................ 225
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 225
SIONER" ................................................................176 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 225
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover..176 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 226
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and
DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM ............................. 227
A/T .........................................................................176
Precaution .............................................................177
PREPARATION ............................................... 180
DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP .................................. 228
Special Service Tool ..............................................180
Commercial Service Tool ......................................180
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ......................... 181
DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM ............................. 229
Schematic ..............................................................181
Vacuum Hose Drawing ..........................................182
Overall Function Check ......................................... 229
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ..................... 184
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR .............................. 231
Procedure After Replacing ECM ...........................184
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ... 185 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 231
DTC Detection Logic .............................................185 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 231
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ............................185 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 233
Freeze Frame Data ...............................................185
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR .................. 234
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, CONSULT-III
and Driving Patterns ..............................................186
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ................................... 188 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 234
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ..............................188 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 235
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................191
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR .................... 236
Basic Inspection ....................................................192
Symptom Matrix Chart ...........................................196
Engine Control Component Parts Location ...........199
Circuit Diagram ......................................................203
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 237
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............205
ECM Terminal and Reference Value .....................205 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ................... 238

Description ............................................................ 238 Component Description ......................................... 261
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 238 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 261 A
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 238 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 261
DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR .................. 240 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR ............................. 263 EC
Description ............................................................ 240 Description ............................................................. 263
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 240 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 263
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 240 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 263 C
DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERA- DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR ............................. 265
D
TURE SENSOR ................................................ 242 Description ............................................................. 265
Description ............................................................ 242 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 265
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 242 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 266 E
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 243
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR ............................. 267
DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR .................. 244 Description ............................................................. 267 F
Description ............................................................ 244 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 267
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 245 G
DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR ............................. 269
DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR .......................... 246 Description ............................................................. 269
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 246 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 269 H
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 270
DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR ............ 247
Component Description ......................................... 247 DTC P0380 GLOW RELAY ............................. 271 I
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 248 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 272 J
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE DTC P0501 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SEN-
(WITH ELECTRIC COOLING FAN) ................. 249 SOR ................................................................. 273
K
Description ............................................................ 249 Component Description ......................................... 273
Overall Function Check ......................................... 250 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 273
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 252 L
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ............................ 254 DTC P0502 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SEN-
SOR ................................................................. 274
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE Component Description ......................................... 274 M
(WITHOUT ELECTRIC COOLING FAN) .......... 255 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 274
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ............................ 256 DTC P0503 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SEN- N
SOR ................................................................. 276
DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR .................. 257 Component Description ......................................... 276
Description ............................................................ 257 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 276 O
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 258 DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .............. 277
Component Description ......................................... 277 P
DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM .................................. 259 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 277
Description ............................................................ 259 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 277
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 259 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 279
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 260 DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE .................. 280
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 280
DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR ....... 261 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 280

DTC P0580, P0581 ASCD STEERING DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP .................................. 299
SWITCH ........................................................... 281 Description ............................................................ 299
Component Description .........................................281 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 299
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................281 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 299
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................281 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 300
Wiring Diagram ......................................................282
DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP .................................. 301
DTC P0605 ECM .............................................. 283 Description ............................................................ 301
Description .............................................................283 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 301
DTC P0606 ECM .............................................. 284 DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP .................................. 303
Description .............................................................284 Description ............................................................ 303
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................284 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 303
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................284 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 303
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 304
DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP .................... 285
Description .............................................................285 DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP .................................. 305
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................285 Description ............................................................ 305
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................285 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 305
Wiring Diagram ......................................................286 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 305
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 306
DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUP-
PLY .................................................................. 287 DTC P1622 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VAL-
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................287 UE ..................................................................... 307
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................287 Description ............................................................ 307
Wiring Diagram ......................................................288 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 307
DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUP-
PLY .................................................................. 289 DTC P1623 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VAL-
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................289 UE ..................................................................... 308
Wiring Diagram ......................................................290 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 308
DTC P0668, P0669 ECM ................................. 291
Description .............................................................291 DTC P2135 APP SENSOR ............................... 309
DTC P0686 ECM RELAY ................................ 292 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 310
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................292
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................292 DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER
Wiring Diagram ......................................................293 SUPPLY ............................................................ 311
DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT .................. 294 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 311
Description .............................................................294 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 311
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................294 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 312
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................294
DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIR-
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE ..... 295 CUIT .................................................................. 313
Description .............................................................295 Component Description ........................................ 313
DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR ........... 296 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 314
Component Description .........................................296 DTC P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR ............... 315

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM ............................ 316 P1622 - P1757 ....................................................... 333
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 316 P1762 - P2135 ....................................................... 333 A
P2146 - P2622 ....................................................... 334
EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM ............... 317
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 317 PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 335
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System EC
TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE .... 318 (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 318 SIONER" ............................................................... 335
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover.. 335 C
INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and
SOLENOID VALVE .......................................... 319 A/T ......................................................................... 335
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 319 Precaution ............................................................. 336 D
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ........... 320 PREPARATION ............................................... 339
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 320 Special Service Tool .............................................. 339
Commercial Service Tool ...................................... 339 E
BRAKE SWITCH .............................................. 321
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 321 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ........................ 340
PNP SWITCH ................................................... 322 Schematic .............................................................. 340 F
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 322 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ..................... 341
START SIGNAL ............................................... 323 Procedure After Replacing ECM ........................... 341
G
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 323 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .. 342
ASCD INDICATOR ........................................... 324 Introduction ............................................................ 342
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 324 Three Trip Detection Logic and One Trip Detec-
H
tion Logic ............................................................... 342
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR .............. 325 Emission-Related Diagnostic Information .............. 342
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 325 OBD System Operation Chart ............................... 347
I
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .................................. 350
(SDS) ................................................................ 326 Trouble Diagnosis Introduction .............................. 350
General Specification ............................................ 326 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................ 353 J
Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 326 Basic Inspection .................................................... 354
Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 326 Symptom Matrix Chart ........................................... 357
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor .................... 326 Engine Control Component Parts Location ........... 362
Circuit Diagram ...................................................... 366 K
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor .................................... 326
Fuel Injector .......................................................... 326 ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............ 368
Glow Plug .............................................................. 326 ECM Terminal and Reference Value ..................... 368
EGR Volume Control Valve ................................... 327 Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function ....................... 375 L
Fuel Pump ............................................................. 327 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
YD TYPE 2 Mode ...................................................................... 376
M
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT
SERVICE INFORMATION ......................... 328
INCIDENT ........................................................ 380
APPLICATION NOTICE ................................... 328 Description ............................................................. 380
How to Check Vehicle Type .................................. 328 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 380 N
INDEX FOR DTC .............................................. 329 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .. 381
U1000 .................................................................... 329 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 381 O
P0016 - P0113 ...................................................... 329 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 381
P0117 - P0123 ...................................................... 329 Ground Inspection ................................................. 385
P0182 - P0217 ...................................................... 330
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ... 387 P
P0222 - P0380 ...................................................... 330
Description ............................................................. 387
P0403 - P0409 ...................................................... 330
P0488 - P0581 ...................................................... 331
P0605 - P0686 ...................................................... 331
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 388
P0700 - P0745 ...................................................... 332
P1211 - P1275 ...................................................... 332 DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION ....... 389
P1610 - P1616 ...................................................... 333 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 389

Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 408
DTC P0045 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLE-
NOID VALVE ................................................... 390 DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR .......................... 409
Wiring Diagram ......................................................391 DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR ............ 410
DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM ............................ 392 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 410
DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP ................................. 393 DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................393 (WITH ELECTRIC COOLING FAN) ................. 412
DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM ............................ 394 Overall Function Check ......................................... 413
Overall Function Check .........................................394 Main 12 Causes of Overheating ........................... 417
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR .............................. 395 DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
Component Description .........................................395 (WITHOUT ELECTRIC COOLING FAN) .......... 418
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................395 Overall Function Check ......................................... 418
Wiring Diagram ......................................................396 Main 12 Causes of Overheating ........................... 419
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ................. 397 DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR .................. 420
Component Description .........................................397 Description ............................................................ 420
Wiring Diagram ......................................................398 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 421
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ................... 399 DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM .................................. 422
Component Description .........................................399 Description ............................................................ 422
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................399 Overall Function Check ......................................... 422
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .................. 401 DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR ....... 424
Description .............................................................401 Component Description ........................................ 424
DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR .................. 403 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR ............................... 426
DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERA- DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR ............................... 428
TURE SENSOR ............................................... 405 Description ............................................................ 428
Wiring Diagram ......................................................406
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR .............................. 430
DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR .................. 407 Description ............................................................ 430

Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 431 DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE .................. 454
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 454 A
DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR .............................. 432 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 454
Description ............................................................ 432
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 432 DTC P0580, P0581 ASCD STEERING
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 432 EC
SWITCH ........................................................... 455
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 433 Component Description ......................................... 455
DTC P0380 GLOW RELAY .............................. 434 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 455 C
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 456
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 435 DTC P0605 ECM ............................................. 457 D
Description ............................................................. 457
DTC P0403 EGR SYSTEM ............................... 436 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 457
Description ............................................................ 436
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 437 E
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 437 DTC P0606 ECM ............................................. 458
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 438 Description ............................................................. 458
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 458 F
DTC P0405, P0406 EGR SENSOR .................. 439 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 458
Description ............................................................ 439
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 440 DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP .................... 459
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 440 Description ............................................................. 459 G
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 441 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 459
DTC P0409 EGR SYSTEM ............................... 442 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 460 H
Description ............................................................ 442
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 443 DTC P0638 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CON-
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 443 TROL ACTUATOR FUNCTION ...................... 461
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 444 I
DTC P0488 EGR SYSTEM ............................... 445
Description ............................................................ 445 J
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 446 DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUP-
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 446 PLY .................................................................. 462
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 447 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 462 K
DTC P0501 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SEN- DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 462
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 463
SOR .................................................................. 448
Component Description ......................................... 448 DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUP- L
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 448 PLY .................................................................. 464
DTC P0502 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SEN- DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 464 M
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 465
SOR .................................................................. 449
Component Description ......................................... 449 DTC P0668, P0669 ECM ................................. 466
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 449 Description ............................................................. 466 N
DTC P0503 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SEN-
O
SOR .................................................................. 450 DTC P0686 ECM RELAY ................................ 467
Component Description ......................................... 450 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 467
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 450 P
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 468
DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ............... 451 DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT .................. 469
Component Description ......................................... 451 Description ............................................................. 469
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 453
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE .... 470

Description .............................................................470 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 486
DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER
DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR ........... 471 SUPPLY ............................................................ 488
Component Description .........................................471 Component Description ........................................ 488
DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP ................................. 473 DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIR-
Description .............................................................473 CUIT .................................................................. 490
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................473 Component Description ........................................ 490
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 491
DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP ................................. 475
Description .............................................................475 DTC P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR ............... 492
DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP ................................. 477 DTC P2621, P2622 TP SENSOR ..................... 493
DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP ................................. 479 GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM ............................ 495
Description .............................................................479 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 495
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................479 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE .... 496
DTC P1622 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VAL- REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ........... 497
UE .................................................................... 481 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 497
Description .............................................................481
BRAKE SWITCH .............................................. 498
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 498
DTC P1623 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VAL- PNP SWITCH .................................................... 499

Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 499
UE .................................................................... 482
Description .............................................................482 START SIGNAL ................................................ 500
ASCD INDICATOR ........................................... 501
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR . 483 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 501
Component Description .........................................483
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................483 MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR ............... 502
Wiring Diagram ......................................................484
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CON- (SDS) ................................................................ 503
TROL ACTUATOR .......................................... 485 General Specification ............................................ 503
Component Description .........................................485 Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 503
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................485 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 503
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................485 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ................... 503
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor .................................... 503
DTC P2135 APP SENSOR .............................. 486 Fuel Injector .......................................................... 503
Description .............................................................486 Glow Plug .............................................................. 503
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................486 Fuel Pump ............................................................. 504

Throttle Control Motor ........................................... 504
A
EC

INDEX FOR DTC
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR]
SERVICE INFORMATION
INDEX FOR DTC
DTC No. Index INFOID:0000000003249076
DTC*1 Items MIL lighting

Trip Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms) up
CONSULT-III ECM*2
U1000 1000*3 CAN COMM CIRCUIT 2 EC-71

U1010 1010 CONTROL UNIT(CAN) 2 EC-73
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000
FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 2 EC-74
P0075 0075 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 2 EC-78
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 1 EC-80
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 1 EC-80
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC 2 EC-82
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC 2 EC-82
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 1 EC-84
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 1 EC-84
P0130 0130 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) 2 EC-86
P0131 0131 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) 2 EC-89
P0132 0132 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) 2 EC-92
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 1 EC-95
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 1 EC-95
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 2 EC-97
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 2 EC-97
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT 2 EC-99
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 2 EC-101
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC 2 EC-103
P0550 0550 PW ST P SEN/CIRC 2 EC-105
P0603 0603 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT 2 EC-107
P0605 0605 ECM 1 or 2 or EC-109
P0643 0643 SENSOR POWER/CIRC 1 EC-111
P0850 0850 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT 2 EC-113
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP 1 EC-117
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING-B1 2 EC-122
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING-B1 2 EC-123
P1564 1564 ASCD SW 1 EC-124
P1572 1572 ASCD BRAKE SW 1 EC-126
P1574 1574 ASCD VHL SPD SEN 1 EC-130
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE 2 BL-60
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM 2 BL-60
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU 2 BL-60
P1614 1613 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY 2 BL-60

INDEX FOR DTC
DTC*1 Items MIL lighting

Trip Reference page A
CONSULT-III 2 (CONSULT-III screen terms) up
ECM*
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY 2 BL-60
P1715 1715 IN PULY SPEED 2 EC-131 EC
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT 1 EC-132
P2100 2100 ETC MOT PWR-B1 1 EC-134
C
P2101 2101 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 1 EC-136
P2103 2103 ETC MOT PWR 1 EC-134
P2118 2118 ETC MOT-B1 1 EC-138 D
P2119 2119 ETC ACTR-B1 1 EC-140
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC 1 EC-142
E
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC 1 EC-142
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC 1 EC-144
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC 1 EC-144 F
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 1 EC-146
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR 1 EC-148
P2A00 2A00 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) 2 EC-150 G
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
H
*3: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III.

PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000003332207
The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine INFOID:0000000003332209
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MIL to light up.
Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-46, "Description".
Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM before
returning the vehicle to the customer.
Precaution INFOID:0000000003332210
Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative bat-
tery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is
turned OFF.
Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then dis-
connect negative battery cable.
SEF289H

PRECAUTIONS
Do not disassemble ECM.
If battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to the A
initial ECM values.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial values. So,
the engine operation can vary slightly in this case. However,
EC
this is not an indication of a malfunction. Do not replace parts
because of a slight variation.
If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related
diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours. C
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
PBIB1164E
- Freeze frame data D
- 1st trip freeze frame data
When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it securely

E
with a lever as far as it will go as shown in the figure.
PBIB1512E
H
When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
I
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin
terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
Securely connect ECM harness connectors. J
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt-
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam-
age to ICs. K
Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal-
PBIB0090E
functions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
of ICs, etc. L
Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Refer-
ence Value inspection and make sure ECM functions prop- M
erly. Refer to EC-46, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value".
Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent. N
Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious
incidents. O
Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),
crankshaft position sensor (POS).
MEF040D

PRECAUTIONS
After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function
Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
SAT652J
When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow

the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/out-
put voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's tran-
sistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the
ground.
SEF348N
Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.

Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
BBIA0529E

PRECAUTIONS
Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.
Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessar- A
ily.
Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
EC
SEF709Y
D
When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to
observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic
control systems depending on installation location. E
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic con-
trol units.
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls. F
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave
radio can be kept smaller. G
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
SEF708Y

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000003332211
Tool number
Description
Tool name
EG17550000 Measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester
Break-out box
ZZA1194D
EG17680000 Measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester

Y-cable adapter
PBIA9379J
Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000003332212
Tool name Description

Quick connector re- Removing fuel tube quick connectors in engine
lease room
PBIC0198E
Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relier valve opening
pressure
S-NT653
Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant tempera-

ture sensor
S-NT705

PREPARATION
A
Oxygen sensor thread Reconditioning the exhaust system threads before
cleaner installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti-
seize lubricant shown below.
a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirco- EC
nia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Tita-
nia Oxygen Sensor
C
AEM488
Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

i.e.: (PermatexTM when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
D
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specifica-
tion MIL-A-907)
E
S-NT779

System Diagram INFOID:0000000003249077
JMBIA1100GB

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
A
Introduction INFOID:0000000003249079
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua- EC
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
Emission-related diagnostic information

C
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Freeze Frame data
1st trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st trip DTC) D
1st trip Freeze Frame data
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
: Applicable : Not applicable E
1st trip Freeze Frame

DTC 1st trip DTC Freeze Frame data
data
F
CONSULT-III
ECM *
*: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other. G
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-32,
"Fail-Safe Chart".)
H
Two Trip Detection Logic INFOID:0000000003249080
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the I
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
trip> The trip in the Two Trip Detection Logic means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed J
during vehicle operation. When the ECM enters fail-safe mode (Refer to EC-32, "Fail-Safe Chart".), the DTC is
stored in the ECM memory even in the 1st trip.
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM can not warn the driver by lighting up MIL when there is K
trouble on engine control system. Therefore, when Electrical controlled throttle and part of the ECM related
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5-trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system has
trouble and MIL circuit is open by means of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the L
driver to repair the trouble.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut M
Emission-related Diagnostic Information INFOID:0000000003249081
N
DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC
The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not recur, the 1st trip DTC
will not be displayed. O
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the P
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For fail-safe items, DTC is stored in the ECM memory
even in the 1st trip.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in "How to Erase
Emission-related Diagnostic Information".

When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze
Frame data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-27, "Trouble Diagnosis Introduction".
Then perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the
malfunction is duplicated, the item requires repair.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
With CONSULT-III
CONSULT-III displays the DTC in Self Diagnostic Result mode. Examples: P0117, P0340, etc.
(CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
Without CONSULT-III
The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC.
Example: 0117, 0340, etc.
1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indicate
whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal.
CONSULT-III can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-III (if avail-
able) is recommended.
Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0].
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, engine coolant temperature, short term
fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, base fuel schedule and intake air temperature at
the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, is called 1st trip freeze frame data. The
data, stored together with the DTC data, is called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III.
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is
detected. However, once freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL ON) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip
freeze frame data is no longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM.
If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and another freeze frame data occurs later, the first (origi-
nal) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-
RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" below.
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
How to Erase DTC
WITH CONSULT-III
NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
1. Select ENGINE with CONSUILT-III.
2. Select Self Diagnostic Result.
3. Touch ERASE. (DTC in ECM will be erased.)
Without CONSULT-III
NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
1. Erase DTC in ECM. Refer to How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results).
If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24
hours.
The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
A
Basic Inspection INFOID:0000000003332213
1.INSPECTION START EC
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following: C
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
D
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. E
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF. F
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm. G
I
SEF976U
J
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed.
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
L
M
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary. N
>> GO TO 3.
O
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for about P
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
M/T models: 625 50 rpm (in Neutral position)

A/T models: 700 50 rpm (in P or N position)
OK or NG

OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1. Stop engine.
2. Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning.
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning.
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 7.
No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4.
7.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit.
Refer to EC-99, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs.
Refer to BL-58, "ECM Re-communicating Function".
>> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1. Run engine at idle.

2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
A
M/T models: 15 5 BTDC (in Neutral position)
A/T models: 15 5 BTDC (in P or N position)
EC
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 11.
C
BBIA0633E
11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING D
1. Stop engine.
E
>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING F
Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning.
G
>> GO TO 13.
13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform Idle Air Volume Learning. H
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 14. I
No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4.
14.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN J

K
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 17. M
15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light. N
M/T models: 15 5 BTDC (in Neutral position)

A/T models: 15 5 BTDC (in P or N position) O
OK or NG
P
NG >> GO TO 16.
BBIA0633E
16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION

Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-37, "Removal and Installation".

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> 1. Repair the timing chain installation.
2. GO TO 4.
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit.
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
18.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
>> GO TO 4.
Procedure After Replacing ECM INFOID:0000000003332215
When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed.

3. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning.
4. Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
Fuel Pressure Check INFOID:0000000003332219
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

CAUTION:
Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
NOTE:
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel
pressure cannot be completely released because D40 models do not have fuel return system.
Be careful not to scratch or get the fuel hose connection area dirty when servicing, so that the quick
connector O-ring maintains sealability.
Use Fuel Pressure Gauge and Fuel Pressure Adapter to check fuel pressure.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction INFOID:0000000003332229
INTRODUCTION EC
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con-
trol, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essen- C
tial that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vac-
uum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
D
E
MEF036D
It is much more difficult to diagnose an incident that occurs intermit- F

tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace- G
ment of good parts.
SEF233G
I
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-III or a circuit tester connected should be per- J
formed. Follow the Work Flow below.
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus- K
tomer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example
on "Worksheet Sample" should be used. L
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first.
This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electroni-
SEF234G
cally controlled engine vehicle. M
WORK FLOW

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Overall Sequence
PBIB3637E
Detailed Flow
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET".
>> GO TO 2.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2.CHECK DTC*1 A
1. Check DTC*1.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC*1 is displayed.
- Record DTC*1 and freeze frame data*2. (Print them out with CONSULT-III.) EC
1
- Erase DTC* . (Refer to How to Erase DTC in EC-21, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".)
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC*1 and the symptom described by the cus-
tomer. (Symptom Matrix Chart is useful. Refer to EC-33, "Symptom Matrix Chart".) C
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Is any symptom described and any DTC detected?
D
Symptom is described, DTC*1 is displayed>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC*1 is not displayed>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC*1 is displayed>>GO TO 5. E
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
DIAGNOSIS WORKSHEET is useful to verify the incident. F
Connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle and check diagnosis results.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
G
>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
H
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
DIAGNOSIS WORKSHEET is useful to verify the incident.
Connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle and check diagnosis results.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected. I
>> GO TO 6.
J
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the displayed DTC*1, and then make sure that DTC*1 is detected
again. K
If two or more DTCs*1 are detected, refer to EC-31, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE: L
Freeze frame data*2 is useful if the DTC*1 is not detected.
Perform Overall Function Check if DTC Confirmation Procedure is not included on Service Manual. This
simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC*1 cannot be detected during this check. M
If the result of Overall Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC*1 by DTC Confirmation
Procedure.
Is DTC*1 detected? N
Yes >> GO TO 10.
No >> Check according to EC-64, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION O
Perform EC-23, "Basic Inspection".

P
With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 7.
Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 9.
7.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE
With CONSULT-III
Make sure that MAS A/F SE-B1, B/FUEL SCHDL and A/F ALPHA-B1 are within the SP value using
SPEC in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-56, "Inspection Procedure".

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Are they within the SP value?
Yes >> GO TO 9.
No >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-57, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is malfunctioning part detected?
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-33, "Symptom Matrix Chart" based on the confirmed symptom
in step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
>> GO TO 10.
Inspect the system.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> Monitor input data from related sensors using CONSULT-III (Refer to EC-52, "CONSULT-III Refer-
ence Value in Data Monitor Mode".), or check voltage of related ECM terminals (Refer to EC-46,
"ECM Terminal and Reference Value".).
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors after repair and replacement.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it. Refer to How to Erase DTC in EC-21, "Emission-related Diag-
nostic Information".
>> GO TO 12.
12.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check again,
and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
OK or NG
NG (DTC*1 is detected)>>GO TO 10.
NG (Symptom remains)>>GO TO 6.
OK >> 1. Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC*1 in ECM
(Refer to How to Erase DTC in EC-21, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information").
2. INSPECTION END
*1: Include 1st trip DTC.
*2: Include 1st trip freeze frame data.
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou- A
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
EC
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the Worksheet Sample below in
order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
C
SEF907L
D
Worksheet Sample
MTBL0017
P
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000003249083
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Priority Detected items (DTC)

1 U1000 U1001 CAN communication line
U1010 CAN communication
P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor
P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor
P0327 P0328 Knock sensor
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
P0605 ECM
P0643 Sensor power supply
P0850 Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch
P1610-P1615 NATS
P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
2 P0075 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
P0130 P0131 P0132 P2A00 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
P0550 Power steering pressure sensor
P0603 ECM power supply
P1805 Brake switch
P2100 P2103 Throttle control motor relay
P2101 Electric throttle control function
P2118 Throttle control motor
3 P0011 Intake valve timing control
P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
P1564 ASCD steering switch
P1572 ASCD brake switch
P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor
P1715 Primary speed sensor
P2119 Electric throttle control actuator
Fail-Safe Chart INFOID:0000000003249084
When the DTC listed bellow is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0221 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P0222 condition.
P2135 So, the acceleration will be poor.
P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed
opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a
small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
P2100 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed
P2103 opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2101 Electric throttle control ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed
function opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed
opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
A
P2119 Electric throttle control ac- (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring
tuator malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle
position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. EC
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20
degrees or less.
C
(ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the
engine stalls.
The engine can restart in P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) position, and engine speed will not D
exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P2123 sensor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. E
P2127 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P2128 condition.
P2138 So, the acceleration will be poor.
F
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM can not warn the driver by lighting up MIL when there is
trouble on engine control system. Therefore, when Electrical controlled throttle and part of the ECM related
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5-trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system has
trouble and MIL circuit is open by means of operating fail-safe function. G
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the
driver to repair the trouble.
H
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
Symptom Matrix Chart INFOID:0000000003249086

I
SYSTEM BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
SYMPTOM
J
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
L
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
M
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA O

Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
P
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Air Positive crankcase ventilation system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
Power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3
Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 1 2
Throttle position sensor circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1 2 2
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit 1 2 3 2 2 2 2
Knock sensor circuit 2 2 3
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 2 2
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3
Power steering pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 3 3
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit 3 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3
PNP switch circuit 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 3 3 4
Electrical load signal circuit 3 3 3 3
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)
SYSTEM ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM A

EC



C
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA F

Fuel Fuel tank
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5
Vapor lock G
5
Valve deposit
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
H
Low octane)
Air Air duct
Air cleaner I
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor electric throt-
5 5 5 5 5 5
tle control actuator)
5 5 5 5 J
Electric throttle control actuator
Air leakage from intake manifold/Col-
lector/Gasket
K
Cranking Battery
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Alternator circuit
Starter circuit 3 L
Signal plate/Flywheel/Drive plate 6
PNP switch 4
M
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block N
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 O
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft P
Valve Timing chain
mechanism
Camshaft
Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Intake valve
3
Exhaust valve

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/Gas-
ket 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Three way catalyst
Lubrication Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil filter/
Oil gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap
Thermostat 5
Water pump
Water gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2 5
Cooling fan 5
Coolant level (low)/Contaminated
coolant
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) 1 1

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Engine Control Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000003249087
EC
JMBIA1083ZZ
L
1. IPDM E/R 2. ECM 3. Refrigerant pressure sensor
4. Power steering pressure sensor 5. Knock sensor 6. Cooling fan motor
7. Mass air flow sensor 8. Intake valve timing control solenoid 9. Electric throttle control actuator M
(with built in intake air temperature valve (with built in throttle position sensor,
sensor) throttle control motor)
10. EVAP service port 11. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 12. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve N
13. Ignition coils 14. Engine coolant temperature sensor, 15. Fuel injectors
(with power transistors and spark Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
plugs) O
16. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
JMBIA1103ZZ
1. No. 1 ignition coil 2. IPDM E/R 3. Fuel pump fuse (15A)

(with power transistor) (View with IPDM E/R cover re- (View with IPDM E/R cover re-
moved) moved)
4. Brake booster 5. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 6. Heated oxygen sensor 2
(View from under the vehicle)
7. ECM harness connector 8. Brake pedal 9. Data link connector
(View with ECM cover removed)
10. Heated oxygen sensor 2 11. Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness 12. Mass air flow sensor
(View from under the vehicle) connector (with built in intake air temperature
(View from under the vehicle) sensor)
13. Intake valve timing control solenoid
valve
: Vehicle front

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
BBIA0638E
E
H
BBIA0610E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
JMBIA1086ZZ
1. Air cleaner resonator 2. Body ground 3. Body ground

4. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 5. Engine coolant temperature sensor 6. Electric throttle control actuator har-
(View of removed engine) (View of removed engine) ness connector
7. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness 8. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 9. Knock sensor
connector (View with air cleaner case removed)
10. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 11. EVAP canister purge volume control 12. EVAP service port
solenoid valve
: Vehicle front

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
L
JMBIA1085ZZ
1. EVAP control system pressure sen- 2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP canister M
sor
4. Intake manifold collector 5. Power steering pressure sensor 6. ASCD brake switch
(View with air cleaner case removed) (View with lower instrument panel re-
N
moved)
7. Stop lamp switch 8. Brake pedal 9. Electric throttle control actuator
(View with lower instrument panel re- (View with lower instrument panel re- (View with intake air duct removed)
moved) moved) O
10. Throttle valve 11. ASCD steering switch 12. CANSEL switch
(View with intake air duct removed)
13. MAIN switch 14. SET/COAST switch 15. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch P
16. ASCD clutch switch 17. Clutch pedal
: Vehicle front

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
JMBIA1105ZZ
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2. Accelerator pedal 3. Fuel injectors

4. Fuel pump, fuel level sensor unit and 5. Fuel pressure regulator 6. Refrigerant pressure sensor
fuel filter (View with battery removed)
7. No. 4 ignition coil 8. Condenser-1 9. Intake manifold collector
(View of removed engine) (View of removed engine) (View of removed engine)
10. Fuel pump, fuel level sensor unit and
fuel filter
(View of removed fuel tank)
: Vehicle front

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Vacuum Hose Drawing INFOID:0000000003249078
EC
PBIB0489E
Refer to EC-20, "System Diagram" for Vacuum Control System. P

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000003249088
MBWA2063E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
MBWA2064E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout INFOID:0000000003249089
PBIB3368E
ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000003249090
PREPARATION
1. ECM (1) is located in the engine room passenger side behind
reservoir tank.
JMBIA1084ZZ
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector (2).

3. When disconnecting ECM harness connector, loosen it with
levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure.
4. Connect a break-out box (SST) and Y-cable adapter (SST)
between the ECM and ECM harness connector.
Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at 1 time.
Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
PBIB1512E
ECM INSPECTION TABLE

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMI- A
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
1 B ECM ground Body ground EC
Idle speed
Approximately 5V
C
[Engine is running]
2 Y A/F sensor 1 heater Warm-up condition
Idle speed
D
PBIB1584E
3 V
Throttle control motor power
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE E
supply (11 - 14V)
0 - 14V
F
Engine: Stopped
4 L/W Throttle control motor (Close)
Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released G
PBIB0534E
H
0 - 14V

Throttle control motor Engine: Stopped I
5 L/B
(Open) Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
J
PBIB0533E
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V) K
Idle speed
7 - 10V
Intake valve timing control L
11 LG
solenoid valve [Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
M
PBIB1790E
[Engine is running] N
0.5 - 4.0V
Power steering pressure Steering wheel: Being turned
12 O
sensor [Engine is running]
0.4 - 0.8V
Steering wheel: Not being turned
O

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 3.0V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle.
Crankshaft position sensor PBIB0527E

13 G
(POS)
Approximately 3.0V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0528E
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
NOTE:
rpm at idle.
Camshaft position sensor PBIB0525E

14 Y
(PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0526E
[Engine is running]
15 W Knock sensor Approximately 2.5V
Idle speed
16 V Approximately 3.1V
35 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.6V
A/F sensor 1 Warm-up condition
56 G Idle speed Approximately 2.3V
75 GR Approximately 2.3V

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) EC
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
NOTE: C
rpm at idle.
22 LG Fuel injector No. 3
23 SB Fuel injector No. 1 PBIB0529E D
41 R Fuel injector No. 4 BATTERY VOLTAGE
42 O Fuel injector No. 2
(11 - 14V)
E
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
F
PBIB0530E
G
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met. H
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
25 P
heater minute under on load I
SEC981D

Engine: Stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
J
Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
EVAP control system pres-
32 L [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 - 4.8V
sure sensor K
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Intake air temperature
34 BR [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
sensor
air temperature. L
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
M
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
N
EVAP canister purge volume

45 R PBIB0050E
control solenoid valve
Approximately 1V
O
[Engine is running]
Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More than P
100 seconds after starting engine)
PBIB2652E
Sensor power supply

47 L [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
48 SB (EVAP control system pres- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sure sensor)
Sensor power supply
49 P (Refrigerant pressure [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sensor)
Engine: Stopped
More than 0.36V
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
50 W Throttle position sensor 1
Engine: Stopped
Less than 4.75V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition 0.9 - 1.2V
Idle speed
51 R Mass air flow sensor
[Engine is running]
0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
NOTE:
rpm at idle.
61 L Ignition signal No. 3
PBIB0521E
62 Y Ignition signal No. 1
80 GR Ignition signal No. 4
0 - 0.2V
81 G Ignition signal No. 2
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0522E
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
66 B Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor)
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
67 B Sensor ground Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
Idle speed
Sensor power supply
68 G (Power steering pressure [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sensor)
Engine: Stopped
Less than 4.75V
Accelerator pedal: Fully released
69 R Throttle position sensor 2
Engine: Stopped
More than 0.36V

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition EC
70 BR Refrigerant pressure sensor 1.0 - 4.0V
Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON
(Compressor operates)
73 Y
Engine coolant temperature
[Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
C
sensor
coolant temperature.
[Engine is running]
Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm D
quickly after the following conditions are
met.
74 W Heated oxygen sensor 2 0 - Approximately 1.0V
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 E
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
Sensor ground
[Engine is running] F
78 B Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
Idle speed
Sensor ground [Engine is running] G
82 B (Accelerator pedal position Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sensor 1) Idle speed
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
83 B (Accelerator pedal position Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
H
sensor 2) Idle speed
85 SB DATA link connector
I
86 P CAN communication line
Sensor power supply
90 L (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sensor 1) J
Sensor power supply
91 G (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sensor 2) K
94 L CAN communication line
Engine: Stopped 0.3 - 0.45V L
Accelerator pedal position Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 GR
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
Engine: Stopped Less than 2.4V M
Approximately 4V
ASCD steering switch: OFF
N
Approximately 0V
MAIN switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON] O
99 SB ASCD steering switch Approximately 1V
CANCEL switch: Pressed
Approximately 3V
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed
P
Approximately 2V
SET/COAST switch: Pressed
Approximately 0V
Brake pedal: Fully released
101 LG Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0V
Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
102 O PNP switch
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Shift lever: Except above (11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: OFF]
104 O Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V
Engine: Stopped 0.6 - 0.95V
Accelerator pedal position Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 R
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
Engine: Stopped Less than 4.75V
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (A/T)
Approximately 0V
Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal:
Slightly depressed (M/T)
108 LG ASCD brake switch
Brake pedal: Fully released (A/T) BATTERY VOLTAGE
Clutch pedal and brake pedal: (11 - 14V)
Fully released (M/T)
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
109 W Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
For a few seconds after turning ignition
111 BR ECM relay (Self shut-off) switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
For 1 second after turning ignition switch
0 - 1.0V
ON
113 V Fuel pump relay [Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
More than 1 second after turning ignition
(11 - 14V)
switch ON
115 B [Engine is running]
ECM ground Body ground
116 B Idle speed
EVAP canister vent control BATTERY VOLTAGE
117 G [Ignition switch: ON]
valve (11 - 14V)
119 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
120 P (11 - 14V)
Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
121 V [Ignition switch: OFF]
(Back-up) (11 - 14V)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000003249091
Remarks:
Specification data are reference values.
Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in spite of the
ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals
input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors. A
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Almost the same speed as
ENG SPEED Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication
the tachometer indication EC
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-56, "Description".
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-56, "Description".
C
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-56, "Description".
COOLAN TEMP/S Engine: After warming up More than 70C (158F)
A/F SEN1 (B1) Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 1.5 V D
Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are
met.
0 - 0.3 V Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S2 (B1) - Engine: After warming up
1.0 V E
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are
met. F
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) - Engine: After warming up LEAN RICH
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
G
Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer indi- Almost the same speed as
VHCL SPEED SE
cation the speedometer indication
BATTERY VOLT Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14 V H
Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.95 V
ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.3 - 1.2 V I

ACCEL SEN 2*1 (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8 V
Ignition switch: ON
TP SEN 1-B1 (Engine stopped)
Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V J
TP SEN 2-B1*1
Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
Indicates intake air temper-
INT/A TEMP SE Ignition switch: ON K
ature
START SIGNAL Ignition switch: ON START ON OFF ON OFF
Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON L
CLSD THL POS Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
Engine: After warming up, M
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
idle the engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) ON
P/N POSI SW Ignition switch: ON N
Shift lever: Except above OFF
Engine: After warming up, Steering wheel: Not being turned OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL
idle the engine Steering wheel: Being turned ON O
Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or light-
ing switch is in 2nd
ON
(Placed in LOW position for models with XE-
LOAD SIGNAL Ignition switch: ON NON headlamp) P
Rear window defogger switch is OFF and light-
OFF
ing switch is OFF
IGNITION SW Ignition switch: ON OFF ON ON OFF ON
Engine: After warming up, Heater fan: Operating ON

HEATER FAN SW
idle the engine Heater fan: Not operating OFF

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
Air conditioner switch: OFF
INJ PULSE-B1 Shift lever: P or N (A/T),
Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 4.0 msec
No load
Engine: After warming up Idle 10 - 20 BTDC
IGN TIMING Shift lever: P or N (A/T),
Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 25 - 45 BTDC
No load
Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
PURG VOL C/V Shift lever: P or N (A/T),
Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm
No load
Engine: After warming up Idle 5 - 5CA
INT/V TIM (B1) Shift lever: P or N (A/T),
Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 - 20CA
No load
Engine: After warming up Idle 0 - 2%
INT/V SOL (B1) Shift lever: P or N (A/T),
Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 - 60%
No load
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
Engine: After warming up,
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
idle the engine ON
For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY Engine running or cranking
Except above conditions OFF
THRTL RELAY Ignition switch: ON ON
Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1) - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Almost the same speed as
I/P PULLY SPD Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH)
the tachometer indication
VEHICLE SPEED
cation. the speedometer indication
Idle air volume learning has not been performed
YET
yet.
IDL A/V LEARN Engine: running
Idle air volume learning has already been per-
CMPLT
formed successfully.
A/F S1 HTR (B1) Engine: After warming up, idle the engine 0 - 100%
Engine: Idle
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0 V
Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates)
VHCL SPEED SE
cation the speedometer indication
The preset vehicle speed is
SET VHCL SPD Engine: Running ASCD: Operating
displayed

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
MAIN switch: Pressed ON
MAIN SW Ignition switch: ON
MAIN switch: Released OFF
CANCEL switch: Pressed ON EC
CANCEL SW Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL switch: Released OFF
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed ON
RESUME/ACC SW Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Released OFF C
SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON
SET SW Ignition switch: ON
SET/COAST switch: Released OFF
D
Clutch pedal (M/T) and brake pedal: Fully re-
ON
leased
BRAKE SW1 Ignition switch: ON
Clutch pedal (M/T) and/or brake pedal: Slightly E
OFF
depressed
BRAKE SW2 Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON F
VHCL SPD CUT Ignition switch: ON NON
LO SPEED CUT Ignition switch: ON NON
AT OD MONITOR Ignition switch: ON OFF
G
AT OD CANCEL Ignition switch: ON OFF

MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time at the H
CRUISE LAMP Ignition switch: ON ON OFF
2nd time
MAIN switch: ON ASCD: Operating ON
When vehicle speed is be-
SET LAMP I
tween 35 km/h (22 MPH) ASCD: Not operating OFF
and 150 km/h (93 MPH)
*1: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ
from ECM terminals voltage signal. J

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Description INFOID:0000000003332223
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in SPEC of DATA MONI-
TOR mode with CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in
SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When
the value in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may
have one or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion)
A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Testing Condition INFOID:0000000003332224
Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)

Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30C (68 - 86F)
Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95C (167 - 203F)
Transmission: Warmed-up
- After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
Electrical load: Not applied
- Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
Engine speed: Idle
Inspection Procedure INFOID:0000000003332225
NOTE:
Perform SPEC in DATA MONITOR mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-23, "Basic Inspection".
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select B/FUEL SCHDL, A/F ALPHA-B1 and MAS A/F SE-B1 in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode
with CONSULT-III.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to EC-57, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003332226
A
OVERALL SEQUENCE
EC
P
PBIB2318E

PBIB3213E
DETAILED PROCEDURE
1.CHECK A/F ALPHA-B1
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-56, "Testing Condition".
3. Select A/F ALPHA-B1 in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and make sure that the each indication is
within the SP value.
NOTE:

Check A/F ALPHA-B1 for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG if the indication is
out of the SP value even a little. A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 2. EC
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 3.
2.CHECK B/FUEL SCHDL
C
Select B/FUEL SCHDL in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK B/FUEL SCHDL E
SP value.
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25. G
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it. H
3. Start engine.
within the SP value. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 6. J
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine.
2. Change engine oil. Refer to LU-6, "Changing Engine Oil". K
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too L
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
dition.
M
>> INSPECTION END
6.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
N
Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-26, "Fuel Pressure Check".)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. O
NG (Fuel pressure is too high)>>Replace fuel pressure regulator. GO TO 8.
NG (Fuel pressure is too low)>>GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P
1. Check the following.
- Clogged and bent fuel hose and fuel tube
- Clogged fuel filter
- Fuel pump and its circuit (Refer to EC-160, "Wiring Diagram".)
2. If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.

>> GO TO 8.
1. Start engine.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
1. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode.
2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 10.
1. Check the following.
- Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-164, "Wiring Diagram".)
- Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-159, "Wiring Diagram".)
- Intake air leakage
- Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-62, "On-Vehicle Service".)
2. If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
If OK, replace fuel injector. (It may be caused by leakage from fuel injector or clogging.)
>> GO TO 11.
1. Start engine.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
Perform all DTC Confirmation Procedure related with A/F sensor 1.
For DTC P0130, refer to EC-86, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
For DTC P2A00, refer to EC-150, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
Check for the possible cause items according to corresponding DTC.
>> GO TO 14.
1. Start engine.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 15.

15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR A

1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.
EC
>> GO TO 16.
C
1. Start engine.
OK or NG D
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-33, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
E
SP value. F
OK or NG
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 18. G
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25.
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following. H
- Engine oil level is too high
- Engine oil viscosity
- Belt tension of alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive I
- Noise from engine
- Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
- Valve clearance malfunction J
- Intake valve timing control function malfunction
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
K
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30.
19.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM L
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
Crushed air ducts
Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
M
Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
Improper specification of intake air system
OK or NG
N
OK >> GO TO 21.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20.
20.CHECK A/F ALPHA-B1 AND B/FUEL SCHDL
O
Select A/F ALPHA-B1 and B/FUEL SCHDL in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG P
NG (B/FUEL SCHDL is more, A/F ALPHA-B1 is less than the SP value)>>GO TO 21.
21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and
then reconnect it again.

>> GO TO 22.
1. Start engine.
OK or NG
OK >> 1. Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it.
2. GO TO 29.
NG >> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK MAS A/F SE-B1
Select MAS A/F SE-B1 in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG (More than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 29.
24.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
4. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning.
5. Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
>> GO TO 29.
25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
Crushed air ducts
Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
Improper specification of intake air system
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 27.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26.
SP value.
OK or NG
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 27.
27.CHECK MAS A/F SE-B1
Select MAS A/F SE-B1 in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 28.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 30.
28.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
Looseness of oil filler cap
Disconnection of oil level gauge

Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve
Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose, open stuck of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid A
valve
Malfunctioning seal of rocker cover gasket
Disconnection, looseness, or cracks of hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts
EC
Malfunctioning seal of intake air system, etc.
>> GO TO 30.
C
29.CHECK A/F ALPHA-B1 AND B/FUEL SCHDL
Select A/F ALPHA-B1 and B/FUEL SCHDL in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value. D
OK or NG
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-33, "Symptom Matrix Chart". E
Select B/FUEL SCHDL in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and then make sure that the indication is F
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END G
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-33, "Symptom Matrix Chart".

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of Intermittent
Incidents occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident
occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may
not indicate the specific malfunctioning area.
Common Intermittent Incidents Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow Situation

2 The CONSULT-III is used. The Self Diagnostic Result screen shows time data other than 0 or [1t].
3 or 4 The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
5 (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
10 The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
1.INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs.
Refer to How to Erase DTC in EC-21, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
Refer to EC-70, "Ground Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
3.SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
Perform GI-23, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident", INCIDENT SIMULATION
TESTS.
OK or NG

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
A
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000003249099
EC
P
MBWA2065E

MBWA2066E
1.INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 8.

No >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.

2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 109 and ground with
EC
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage

C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
D
MBIB0015E
E
Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 F
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse
G
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-70, "Ground Inspection".
JMBIA1102ZZ
L
1. Air cleaner resonator 2. Body ground E21 3. Body ground E61
Vehicle front
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
N
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116 and ground. O
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist. P

3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

Harness connectors F4, E9
Harness for open or short between ECM and ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

7.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R connector E12 terminal 3 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

OK or NG
OK >> Check ignition signal circuit, refer to EC-164, "Wiring
Diagram".
NG >> GO TO 8.
PBIB2658E
8.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground
with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: After turning ignition switch OFF, battery

voltage will exist for a few seconds, then drop
approximately 0V.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO PBIB1630E
11.
9.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 111 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 11.
PBIB1191E
10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V

2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 119, 120 and IPDM E/R terminal 4.
Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG

OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. A
11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI
EC
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 111 and IPDM E/R terminal 7.
C
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
E
12.CHECK 20A FUSE
1. Disconnect 20A fuse from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 20A fuse. F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Replace 20A fuse. G
13.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-70, "Ground Inspection". H
K
JMBIA1102ZZ
1. Air cleaner resonator 2. Body ground E21 3. Body ground E61 L

Vehicle front
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II N
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. O

3. Also check harness for short to power. P
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.


16.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-64, "Diagnosis Procedure".
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R.
Ground Inspection INFOID:0000000003249102
Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drasti-
cally affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface.
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:
Remove the ground bolt or screw.
Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
Clean as required to assure good contact.
Reinstall bolt or screw securely.
Inspect for add-on accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.
If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one eye-
let make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
PBIB1870E

DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
A
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000003249104
D
The MIL will not light up these self-diagnoses.
E
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
U1000 Harness or connectors
communication signal of OBD (emission related F
1000 (CAN communication line is open or
CAN communication diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.
shorted)
line When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
U1001 (Refer to LAN-40, "CAN System Specifi-
communication signal other than OBD (emission cation Chart".) G
1001
related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000003249105

H
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check 1 st trip DTC.
I
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items.

MBWA2067E

DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION
DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION
A
D
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
U1010 When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of
CAN communication bus ECM
1010 CAN controller of ECM.
F
1. Turn ignition switch ON. G

2. Check 1st trip DTC.
H

DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed and piston position
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Intake valve Intake valve timing control
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature timing control solenoid valve
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
PBIB3278E
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
COMPONENT DISCRIPTION
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF
pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
PBIB1842E
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.

Trouble diagnosis A
DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
name
Harness or connectors
(Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir- EC
cuit is open or shorted.)
P0011 Intake valve timing There is a gap between angle of target and Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
0011 control performance phase-control angle degree. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) C
Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
portion of the camshaft
FAIL-SAFE MODE D
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode E

Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function

F
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE: G
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: H
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. I
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. J
ENG SPEED 500 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)

K
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70C (158F)
M/T: Neutral position
Selector lever
A/T: P or N position
L
4. Stop vehicle with engine running and let engine idle for 10 seconds.
6. If the 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items. M
If the 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
N
ENG SPEED 1,800 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
O
Selector lever 1st or 2nd position
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.) P
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000003249110
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the intake valve timing control system. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
4. Set the tester probe between ECM terminal 11 (IVT control solenoid valve signal) and ground.
5. Start engine and let it idle.
6. Check the voltage under the following conditions.
Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as shown below.
ECM
Item Conditions Voltage
Terminal
BATTERY VOLTAGE
At idle
(11 - 14V)
7V - 10V
11 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve

PBIB1790E
7. If NG, check possible cause items.

EC
MBWA2068E
P

DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Component Description INFOID:0000000003249263
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF

pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
PBIB1842E
An improper voltage is sent to the ECM Harness or connectors
P1111 Intake valve timing control
through intake valve timing control solenoid (Solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
1111 solenoid valve circuit
valve. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.

EC
MBWA2068E
P

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It mea-
sures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot
wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
PBIB1604E
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0102 low input sent to ECM when engine is running. Intake air leaks
Mass air flow sensor
P0103 Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0103 high input is sent to ECM.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
NOTE:
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
2. Check DTC.
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
4. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
5. Check DTC.

EC
MBWA2069E
P

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
Voltage* V Resistance k
temperature C (F)
10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 72 (Engine
SEF012P
coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
P0117 Engine coolant temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor
0117 sensor circuit low input is sent to ECM. Harness or connectors
P0118 Engine coolant temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor
0118 sensor circuit high input is sent to ECM.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When this malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.

Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following conditions.
CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT-III display)
sensor circuit Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40C (104F)
Approx. 4 minutes or more after engine starting 80C (176F)
40 - 80C (104 - 176F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
NOTE:

least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. A
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items. EC
MBWA2071E

DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition,
these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the
current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the
ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve
opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
PBIB0145E
NOTE:
If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
P0122 Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor Harness or connectors
0122 2 circuit low input 2 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
P0123 Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor Electric throttle control actuator
0123 2 circuit high input 2 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode

The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.

EC
MBWA2072E
P

DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is combination of a
Nernst concentration cell (sensor cell) with an oxygen-pump cell,
which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range (0.7 <
. < air).
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion gap at the
electrode of the oxygen-pump and Nernst concentration cell, where
they are brought to thermodynamic balance. SEF579Z
An electronic circuit controls the pump current through the oxygen-

pump cell so that the composition of the exhaust gas in the diffusion
gap remains constant at = 1. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to
indicate air/fuel ratio by this pumping of current. In addition, a heater
is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating tempera-
ture of about 700 - 800C (1,292 - 1,472F).
SEF580Z
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1 signal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
P0130 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit is
0130 circuit sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 1.5V. open or shorted.]
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
NOTE:
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
TESTING CONDITION:
With CONSULT-III
2. Select A/F SEN1 (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check A/F SEN1 (B1) indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 1.5V and does not fluctuates, check possible cause items.
If the indication fluctuates around 1.5V, go to next step.
6. Drive vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable shift position.

7. Set shift lever in D position with OD OFF (A/T) or 4th position (M/T), then release the accelerator pedal
fully until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30 MPH). A
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
8. Repeat steps 6 and 7 for 5 times. EC
9. Stop vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
10. Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine.
11. Repeat steps 6 and 7 for 5 times. C
13. If 1st trip DTC is displayed, check possible cause items.
D
Without CONSULT-III
E
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC
might not be confirmed.
F
2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position.
3. Set shift lever to D position with OD OFF (A/T) or 4th position (M/T), then release the accelerator pedal
fully until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30 MPH).
NOTE: G
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 5 times.
H
5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine.
I
8. Stop the vehicle.
If 1st trip DTC is displayed, check possible cause items. J

MBWA2073E

A
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen- EC
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the C
. < air). D
they are brought to thermodynamic balance. SEF579Z E

pump cell so that the composition of the exhaust gas in the diffusion F
ture of about 700 - 800C (1,292 - 1,472F). G
SEF580Z
I
F) sensor 1 signal is not inordinately low. J
Harness or connectors K
P0131 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is open
0131 circuit low voltage sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 0V. or shorted.]
L
NOTE: M
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle. N
With CONSULT-III
2. Select A/F SEN1 (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. O
If the indication is constantly approx. 0V, check possible cause items.
If the indication is not constantly approx. 0V, go to next step. P
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
6. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.

ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm

VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec
Gear position Suitable position
NOTE:
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 4, return to step
4.
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC
might not be confirmed.
Without CONSYULT-III
Engine Speed 1,000 - 3,200 rpm

Vehicle Speed More than 40 km/h (25 MPH)
Selector lever Suitable position
Driving location Driving at level road
(To avoid overloading will help maintain the driv-
ing conditions required for this test.)
NOTE:
2.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4.
7. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.

EC
MBWA2073E
P

. < air).

ture of about 700 - 800C (1,292 - 1,472F).
SEF580Z
F) sensor 1 signal is not inordinately high.
P0132 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is open
0132 circuit high voltage sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 5V. or shorted.]
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
With CONSULT-III
2. Select A/F SEN1 (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
If the indication is constantly approx. 5V, check possible cause items.
If the indication is not constantly approx. 5V, go to next step.

ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm A

EC
Gear position Suitable position
NOTE:
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising. C
4.
7. Check 1st trip DTC. D
E
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. F
4. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds. G
Engine Speed 1,000 - 3,200 rpm

H
Vehicle Speed More than 40 km/h (25 MPH)
Driving location Driving at level road I
(To avoid overloading will help maintain the driv-
ing conditions required for this test.)
NOTE: J
2.
K
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4.
7. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. L
M

MBWA2073E

A
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, EC

kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into C
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the D
PBIB0145E E
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic. F
P0222 Throttle position sensor 1 An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 1 Harness or connectors G
0222 circuit low input is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
P0223 Throttle position sensor 1 An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 1 H
(TP sensor 1)
0223 circuit high input is sent to ECM. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)
I
FAIL-SAFE MODE
J
degrees.
K

L
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. M
TESTING CONDITION:
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. N
2. Check DTC.
O

MBWA2077E

DTC P0327, P0328 KS
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
A
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A EC
knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a
voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
C
E
PBIB0512E
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000003249137 F
The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.

G
DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detected Condition Possible Cause
P0327 Knock sensor circuit low An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
0327 input sent to ECM. Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) H
P0328 Knock sensor circuit high An excessively high voltage from the sensor is Knock sensor
0328 input sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000003249138 I
NOTE:
J
TESTING CONDITION:
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. K
L

DTC P0327, P0328 KS
MBWA2078E

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
A
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder EC

block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at
the end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine rev-
olution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. C
When the engine is running to the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to D
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
PBIB0562E E
the engine revolution.
F
G
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not
detected by the ECM during the first few seconds of
engine cranking.
(The sensor circuit is open or short- H
P0335 Crankshaft position sen- The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position
ed.)
0335 sor (POS) circuit sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM while the engine is
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
running.
Signal plate
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not in
the normal pattern during engine running. I
J
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION: K
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. L
M

MBWA2079E

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
A
The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction of EC

intake valve camshaft to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft
position sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con- C
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. D
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
PBIB0562E E
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
F
G
The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for
the first few seconds during engine cranking. H
Camshaft (Intake)
P0340 Camshaft position sensor The cylinder No. signal is not set to ECM dur-
Starter motor (Refer to SC-7, "Trouble Di-
0340 (PHASE) circuit ing engine running.
agnosis".)
The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal
Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-7,
pattern during engine running. I
"Trouble Diagnosis".)
Dead (Weak) battery

J
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. K
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON. L
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
3. Check 1st trip DTC. M
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
6. Start engine and maintain engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
8. Check 1st trip DTC. O

MBWA2080E

DTC P0500 VSS
DTC P0500 VSS
A
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the ABS actuator and electric unit (control EC
unit) through CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM through CAN
communication line.
NOTE:
If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC C
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-71, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
to EC-73, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". D
E
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from (The CAN communication line is open or shorted.) F
P0500
Vehicle speed sensor vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
0500
even when vehicle is being driven. Wheel sensor
Combination meter
G
CAUTION: H
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. J
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
K
2. Read VHCL SPEED SE in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. The vehicle speed on CON-
SULT-III should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
If NG, check possible cause items.
If OK, go to following step. L
3. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature.
M
M/T: 1,800 - 6,000 rpm

ENG SPEED
A/T: 1,400 - 6,000 rpm
N
Selector lever Suitable position O
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
P
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III

DTC P0500 VSS
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed with combination meter.
The vehicle speed indication should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suit-
able gear position.

DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
A
Power steering pressure (PSP) sensor is installed to the power EC

steering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load. This
sensor is a potentiometer which transforms the power steering load
into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. The
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and adjusts the C
throttle valve opening angle to increase the engine speed and
adjusts the idle speed for the increased load.
D
BBIA0621E E
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. F

NOTE:
If DTC P0550 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-111, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
G
Harness or connectors H
P0550 Power steering pressure An excessively low or high voltage from the
0550 sensor circuit sensor is sent to ECM.
Power steering pressure sensor
NOTE:
J
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. K

MBWA2082E

DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
A
Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch EC
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
air fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the Idle Air Vol-
ume Learning value memory, etc.
C
PBIB1164E E
F
P0603 ECM back-up RAM system does not function [ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is G
ECM power supply circuit
0603 properly. open or shorted.]
ECM

H
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. J

MBWA2083E

DTC P0605 ECM
DTC P0605 ECM
A
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal EC

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.
PBIB1164E E
This self-diagnosis has one or two trip detection logic. F
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. G
P0605
Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. ECM
0605
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.
H
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected.
I
Detected items Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5
Malfunction A degrees) by the return spring. J
ECM deactivates ASCD operation.

K
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCE-
DURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no malfunction on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B, per-
form PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C. L
NOTE:
M
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
2. Check 1st trip DTC. N
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B O
3. Check 1st trip DTC. P
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times.

DTC P0605 ECM

DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
A
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. EC
Harness or connectors C
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
(PSP sensor circuit is shorted.)
(EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is D
P0643 Sensor power supply circuit ECM detects a voltage of power source
shorted.)
0643 short for sensor is excessively low or high.
Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1)
Refrigerant pressure sensor
E
Power steering pressure sensor
EVAP control system pressure sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE F
G
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
H
NOTE: I
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. J
2. Check DTC.
K

MBWA2084E

DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH
A
When the shift lever position is P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T), park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON. EC
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP) Harness or connectors D
P0850
Park/neutral position switch switch is not changed in the process of engine (PNP switch circuit is open or shorted.)
0850
starting and driving. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch

E
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. F
NOTE:
G
With CONSULT-III
2. Select P/N POSI SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. Then check the P/N POSI SW sig- H
nal under the following conditions.
Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal

I
P or N position (A/T)
ON
Neutral position (M/T)
Except above position OFF J
If OK, go to following step.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. K
ENG SPEED More than 1,500 rpm

L
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.5 - 31.8 msec (A/T)
M
5.0 - 31.8 msec (A/T)
Selector lever Suitable position N
O
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. P
Without CONSULT-III

2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 102 (PNP switch signal)
and ground under the following conditions.
Condition (Gear position) Voltage V (Known-good data)

P or N position (A/T)
Approx. 0
Neutral position (M/T)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Except the above position
(11 - 14V)
MBIB0043E

EC
MBWA2085E
P

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
System Description INFOID:0000000003249178
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
NOTE:
If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-71, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
Cooling Fan Control
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*1
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal
Cooling fan
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Cooling fan relay
Engine speed* 2 control
Battery Battery voltage*2
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure
*1: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
Cooling Fan Operation
JMBIA1107GB
Cooling Fan Relay Operation

The ECM controls cooling fan relays in the IPDM E/R through CAN communication line.

Cooling fan relay A

Cooling fan speed
1 2
Stop (OFF) OFF OFF
EC
Low (LOW) ON OFF
High (HI) ON ON
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION C
Cooling Fan Motor

The cooling fan operates at each speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor as follows.
D
Cooling fan motor terminals

Cooling fan speed
(+) () E
1 3 and 4
1 3 and 4
Low (LOW)
1 and 2 3 F
1 and 2 3
High (HI) 1 and 2 3 and 4
G
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will H
rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction
is indicated.
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
I
Harness or connectors J
(The cooling fan circuit is open or
shorted.)
Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat). Cooling fan
Cooling fan system does not operate properly Cooling fan relay K
P1217 Engine over temperature (Overheat). Radiator hose
1217 (Overheat) Engine coolant was not added to the system using Radiator
the proper filling method. Radiator cap
Engine coolant is not within the specified range. Water pump L
Thermostat
For more information, refer to EC-121,
"Main 12 Causes of Overheating".
M
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-9, "Changing Engine
Coolant". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-6, "Changing Engine Oil".
N
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio".
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
O
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
firmed. P
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.

1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and check possible
cause items.
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and check possible
cause items.
3. Start engine.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine. SEF621W
4. Set temperature control dial to full cold position.

5. Turn air conditioner switch ON.
6. Turn blower fan switch ON.
7. Run engine at idle for a few minutes with air conditioner operating.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine.
8. Make sure that cooling fans operates at low speed.
If OK, go to the following step.
10. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
11. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connec-
tor.
12. Connect 150 resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor
harness connector.
SEC163BA
13. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at
higher speed than low speed.
Be careful not to overheat engine.
MEC475B

EC
MBWA2075E
P

MBWA2076E

Main 12 Causes of Overheating INFOID:0000000003249182
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard

OFF 1 Blocked radiator Visual No blocking EC
Blocked condenser
Blocked radiator grille
Blocked bumper
C
2 Coolant mixture Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture
3 Coolant level Visual Coolant up to MAX level in reser-
voir tank and radiator filler neck
D
4 Radiator cap Pressure tester 59 - 98 kPa
(0.59 - 0.98 bar, 0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2,
9 - 14 psi) (Limit)
E
ON*2 5 Coolant leaks Visual No leaks
ON*2 6 Thermostat Touch the upper and lower ra- Both hoses should be hot
diator hoses F
ON* 1 7 Cooling fan Visual Operating
OFF 8 Combustion gas leak Color checker chemical tester Negative

4 Gas analyzer G
ON*3 9 Coolant temperature gauge Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when driving
Coolant overflow to reservoir Visual No overflow during driving and
tank idling H
OFF*4 10 Coolant return from reservoir Visual Should be initial level in reservoir
tank to radiator tank
OFF 11 Cylinder head Straight gauge feeler gauge 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum dis- I
tortion (warping)
12 Cylinder block and pistons Visual No scuffing on cylinder walls or
piston J
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes. K
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.

DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR

kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the
PBIB0145E
P1225 Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning value is excessively Electric throttle control actuator
1225 learning performance low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:

DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
A
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, EC

kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into C
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the D
PBIB0145E E
P1226 Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning is not performed Electric throttle control actuator G
1226 learning performance successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)

H
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
1. Turn ignition switch ON. J
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times.

DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation
of switch, and determines which button is operated.
PBIB2645E

NOTE:
An excessively high voltage signal from the
ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM.
ECM detects that input signal from the
P1564 (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch is out of the specified
1564 ASCD steering switch
range.
ECM
ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch
is stuck ON.
NOTE:
2. Wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 sec-
onds.
6. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Check DTC.

EC
MBWA2086E
P

DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned

OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of
the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal).
BBIA0560E

NOTE:
If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-109, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not
stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed.
1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected in two
consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory.
Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
When the vehicle speed is above 30 km/ Harness or connectors
h (19 MPH), ON signals from the stop (The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
A)
lamp switch and the ASCD brake switch Harness or connectors
are sent to the ECM at the same time. (The ASCD brake switch circuit is shorted.)
(The ASCD clutch switch circuit is shorted.)
(M/T models)
P1572
ASCD brake switch Stop lamp switch
1572
ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to ASCD brake switch
B) ECM for extremely long time while the ASCD clutch switch (M/T models)
vehicle is driving Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation
Incorrect ASCD clutch installation (M/T mod-
els)
ECM
CAUTION:
NOTE:
Procedure for malfunction B is not described here. It takes extremely long time to complete procedure for
malfunction B. By performing procedure for malfunction A, the incident that causes malfunction B can be
detected.
With CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 4 and 5 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
1. Start engine.

2. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator lights up.
3. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition. A
Vehicle speed More than 30 km/h (19 MPH)

EC
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items. C
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the following step.
6. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.
D
Depress the brake pedal for more than E
Driving location five seconds so as not to come off from
the above-mentioned vehicle speed.
7. Check 1st trip DTC. F
G
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the ASCD brake switch circuit. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
H
Without CONSULT-III
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 108 (ASCD brake switch I
signal) and ground under the following conditions.
A/T models
J
CONDITION VOLTAGE
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Approximately 0V
Brake pedal: Fully released Battery voltage K
M/T models
MBIB0061E L
CONDITION VOLTAGE
Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed Approximately 0V
Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released Battery voltage M
If OK, go to next step.
4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 101 (Stop lamp switch N
signal) and ground under the following conditions.
CONDITION VOLTAGE O
Brake pedal: Fully released Approximately 0V
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Battery voltage
P
PBIB1677E

MBWA2087E

EC
MBWA2088E

DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
The ECM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from combina-
tion meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD
control.

NOTE:
If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-71, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
to EC-103, "DTC Confirmation Procedure"
Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
(Refer to LAN-40, "CAN System Specification
Chart".)
(The combination meter circuit is open or shorted.)
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
P1574 ASCD vehicle ECM detects a difference between two vehicle (Refer to BRC-13, "CONSULT-III Function".)
1574 speed sensor speed signals is out of the specified range. Wheel sensor
Combination meter
(Refer to DI-12, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/
M&A)".)
TCM (A/T models)
(Refer to AT-61, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANS-
MISSION)".)
ECM
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Step 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test
is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25MPH) for at least 5 seconds.
3. Stop vehicle.
4. Check DTC.

DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR)
DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR)
A
ECM receives turbine revolution sensor signal from TCM through CAN communication line. ECM uses this EC
signal for engine control.
C
NOTE:
If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-71, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer D
to EC-109, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". E
F
The MIL will not lights up for this diagnosis.
G
(The CAN communication line is open or
Turbine revolution sensor signal is different H
Input speed sensor shorted)
P1715 from the theoretical value calculated by
(Turbine revolution sensor) Harness or connectors
1715 ECM from revolution sensor signal and en-
(TCM output) (Turbine revolution sensor circuit is open or
gine rpm signal.
shorted)
TCM
I

DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for Harness or connectors
P1805
Brake switch extremely long time while the vehicle is driv- (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
1805
ing. Stop lamp switch
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration

2. Fully depress the brake pedal at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase DTC.
4. Check DTC.

EC
MBWA2089E
P

DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
P2100 Throttle control motor ECM detects a voltage of power source for
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is open.)
2100 relay circuit open throttle control motor is excessively low.
Throttle control motor relay
P2103 Throttle control motor ECM detect the throttle control motor relay
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is shorted.)
2103 relay circuit short is stuck ON.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the DTC detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

spring.
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V.
2. Check DTC.

EC
MBWA2090E
P

DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
NOTE:
If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2100 or P2119, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2100
or P2119. Refer to EC-134, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" or EC-140, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
(Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted.)
P2101 Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is open or
2101 performance operate properly.
shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE MODE

spring.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V when engine
is running.
3. Check DTC.

EC
MBWA2091E
P

DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
P2118 Throttle control motor ECM detects short both circuits between ECM (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
2118 circuit short and throttle control motor. Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor)
FAIL-SAFE MODE

spring.
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.

EC
MBWA2092E
P

DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throt-
tle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening
angle properly in response to driving condition.
Electric throttle control actuator does not function
A)
properly due to the return spring malfunction.
P2119 Electric throttle control
Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is Electric throttle control actuator
2119 actuator B)
not in specified range.
C) ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.
FAIL-SAFE MODE

The ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position.
Malfunction A
The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction B ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
Malfunction C The engine can restart in P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm
or more.
NOTE:
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
2. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Shift selector lever to P position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T).
9. Check DTC.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C

4. Start engine and let it idle for the 3 seconds. A
5. Check DTC.
EC

DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.

NOTE:
P2122 Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor Harness or connectors
2122 sensor 1 circuit low input 1 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
P2123 Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor Accelerator pedal position sensor
2123 sensor 1 circuit high input 1 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 1)
FAIL-SAFE MODE

degrees.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
2. Check DTC.

EC
MBWA2093E
P


signals.
PBIB1741E
2127 sensor 2 circuit low input 2 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
(TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
P2128 Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor (APP sensor 2)
2128 sensor 2 circuit high input 2 is sent to ECM. Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE

degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of throttle valve to be shower than the normal condition.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
2. Check DTC.

EC
MBWA2094E
P

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR

The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
PBIB0145E
tion.
Harness or connector
(TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
P2135 Throttle position sensor
compared with the signals from TP sensor Electric throttle control actuator
2135 circuit range/performance
1 and TP sensor 2. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
(APP sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE

degrees.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
2. Check DTC.

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
EC
MBWA2095E
P

DTC P2138 APP SENSOR

signals.
PBIB1741E

NOTE:
Harness or connector
(APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor (TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
compared with the signals from APP sensor
2138 circuit range/performance Accelerator pedal position sensor
1 and APP sensor 2.
(APP sensor 1 and 2)
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE

degrees.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
2. Check DTC.

EC
MBWA2096E
P

DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1
. < air).

ture of about 700 - 800C (1,292 - 1,472F).
SEF580Z
To judge the malfunction, the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is monitored not to be
shifted to LEAN side or RICH side.
The output voltage computed by ECM from the
A/F sensor 1 signal is shifted to the lean side for
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
P2A00 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 a specified period.
Fuel pressure
2A00 circuit range/performance The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
Fuel injector
sensor 1 signal is shifted to the rich side for a
Intake air leaks
specified period.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
With CONSULT-III
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CON-
SULT-III.
4. Clear the self-learning coefficient by touching CLEAR.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.

8. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes.
9. Check 1st trip DTC. A
Without CONSULT-III EC
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. C
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector. D
6. Check that DTC P0102 is detected.
7. Erase the DTC P0102.
E
8. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.
9. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
F
10. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 min- BBIA0622E
utes.
G

MBWA2073E

A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
A
EC
P
MBWA2176E

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
MBWA2097E

ASCD INDICATOR
ASCD INDICATOR
A
EC
P
MBWA2099E

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
MBWA2081E

EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
A
EC
P
MBWA2177E

EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
MBWA2178E

FUEL INJECTOR
FUEL INJECTOR
A
EC
P
MBWA2100E

FUEL PUMP
FUEL PUMP
MBWA2101E

HO2S2
HO2S2
A
EC
P
MBWA2074E

HO2S2 HEATER
HO2S2 HEATER
MBWA2074E

IAT SENSOR
IAT SENSOR
A
EC
P
MBWA2070E

IGNITION SIGNAL
IGNITION SIGNAL
MBWA2102E

IGNITION SIGNAL
EC
MBWA2103E

IGNITION SIGNAL
MBWA2104E

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
A
EC
P
MBWA2105E

MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR
MBWA2106E

EC
MBWA2107E

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Fuel Pressure INFOID:0000000003249248
Fuel pressure at idle Approximately 350 kPa (3.5bar, 3.57kg/cm2, 51psi)
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000003249249
M/T No load* (in Neutral position) 625 50 rpm

Target idle speed
A/T No load* (in P or N position) 700 50 rpm
M/T In Neutral position
Air conditioner: ON 725 rpm or more
A/T In P or N position
M/T In Neutral position
Ignition timing 15 5 BTDC
A/T In P or N position
*: Under the following conditions:
Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000003249250
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 - 14V)

Output voltage at idle 0.9 - 1.2V*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.
Intake Air Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000003249251
Temperature C (F) Resistance k

25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 0.283 - 0.359
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000003249252

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 Heater INFOID:0000000003249253
Resistance [at 25C (77F)] 2.3 - 4.3
Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater INFOID:0000000003249254
Resistance [at 25C (77F)] 9.9 - 13.3
Throttle Control Motor INFOID:0000000003249255
Resistance [at 25C (77F)] Approximately 1 - 15

Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000003249256
Resistance [at 10 - 60C (50 - 140F)] 11.1 - 14.3

EC
Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000003249257
C
Resistance [at 25C (77F)] Approximately 0.2 - 5.0

APPLICATION NOTICE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD TYPE 1]
SERVICE INFORMATION
APPLICATION NOTICE
How to Check Vehicle Type INFOID:0000000003339413
YD ENGINE MODEL
Check the vehicle type (refer to GI-41 ) to confirm the service information in EC section. They are distin-
guished each other by the engine room appearance.
Service information Remarks

Without EGR volume control valve.
With vacuum control throttle ac-

YD TYPE 1 tuator (1) and step motor type
EGR volume control valve (2).
MBIB1800E
With electric control throttle actu-

YD TYPE 2 ator (1) and DC motor type EGR
volume control valve (2).
MBIB1750E

INDEX FOR DTC
INDEX FOR DTC
A
DTC No. Index INFOID:0000000002978096
X: Applicable : Not applicable EC

DTC Items
MIL lighting up Reference page
CONSULT-III*1 ECM*2 (CONSULT-III screen item)
C
U1000 1000*3 CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-222
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING
D
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0016 0016 CMP/CKP RELATION EC-224
P0045 0045 TC BOOST SOL/CIRC EC-225 E
P0088 0088 HIGH FUEL PRESS EC-227
P0089 0089 FUEL PUMP EC-228
P0093 0093 FUEL LEAK EC-229 F
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT EC-234
G
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-236
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC EC-238 H
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC EC-238
P0122 0122 APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT EC-240
I
P0182 0182 FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC EC-242
P0183 0183 FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC EC-242 J
P0192 0192 FRP SEN/CIRC EC-244
K
P0200 0200 INJECTOR EC-246
P0201 0201 CYL1 INJECTOR EC-247
P0202 0202 CYL2 INJECTOR EC-247 L
P0217 0217 ENG OVER TEMP EC-250 or EC-255
M
N
P0234 0234 TC SYSTEM EC-259
P0237 0237 TC BOOST SEN/CIRC EC-261
P0238 0238 TC BOOST SEN/CIRC EC-261 O
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-263
P0336 0336 CKP SENSOR EC-265
P
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-267
P0341 0341 CMP SENSOR EC-269
P0380 0380 GLOW RELAY EC-271
P0501 0501 VEHICLE SPEED EC-448

INDEX FOR DTC
DTC Items
MIL lighting up Reference page
CONSULT-III*1 ECM*2 (CONSULT-III screen item)
P0504 0504 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT EC-451

P0563 0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE EC-280
P0580 0580 STRG SW/CIRC EC-455
P0605 0605 ECM EC-283
P0606 0606 ECM EC-284
P0628 0628 FUEL PUMP/CIRC EC-285
P0642 0642 SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 EC-287
P0668 0668 ECM EC-466
P0669 0669 ECM EC-466
P0686 0686 ECM RELAY EC-292
P0700 0700 TCM AT-76
P0705 0705 PNP SW/CIRC AT-77
P0710 0710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC AT-101
P0720 0720 VEH SPD SE/CIR A/T AT-81
P0725 0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG AT-84
P0731 0731 A/T 1ST GR FNCTN AT-85
P0732 0732 A/T 2ND GR FNCTN AT-87
P0733 0733 A/T 3RD GR FNCTN AT-89
P0734 0734 A/T 4TH GR FNCTN AT-91
P0740 0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC AT-95
P0744 0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN AT-97
P0745 0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC AT-99
P1211 1211 TCS C/U FUNCTN EC-294
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC EC-295
P1268 1268 INJECTOR 1 EC-296
P1269 1269 INJECTOR 2 EC-296
P1270 1270 INJECTOR 3 EC-296
P1271 1271 INJECTOR 4 EC-296
P1272 1272 FRP RELIEF VALVE EC-299
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE BL-3
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM BL-3
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU BL-3
P1613 1613 ECM INT CIRC-IMMU BL-3
P1614 1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY BL-3

INDEX FOR DTC
DTC Items
(CONSULT-III screen item)
MIL lighting up Reference page A
CONSULT-III*1 ECM*2
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY BL-3
P1616 1616 ECM BL-3 EC
P1622 1622 INJ ADJ VAL UNRGST EC-307
P1623 1623 INJ ADJ VAL ERROR EC-308
C
P1705 1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T AT-100
P1716 1716 TURBINE REV S/CIRC AT-79
P1730 1730 A/T INTERLOCK AT-105 D
P1752 1752 I/C SOLENOID/CIRC AT-107
P1757 1757 FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC AT-109
P1762 1762 D/C SOLENOID/CIRC AT-111 E
P1767 1767 HLR/C SOL/CIRC AT-113
P1772 1772 LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC AT-115
F
P1774 1774 LC/B SOLENOID FNCT AT-116
P2135 2135 APP SENSOR EC-309
P2146 2146 INJ PWR/CIRC EC-311 G
P2147 2147 INJECTOR/CIRC EC-313
H
P2149 2149 INJ PWR/CIRC EC-311
P2228 2228 BARO SEN/CIRC EC-315
P2229 2229 BARO SEN/CIRC EC-315 I
*1:This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-6.
*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*3: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III. J

PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT SYSTEM and SEAT BELTS of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM.
ness connectors.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000003346834
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc.
PIIB3706J
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and A/T INFOID:0000000003291958
CAUTION:
Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-46.
Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel system, etc.
Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.

PRECAUTIONS
A
running. EC
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative bat-
tery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is C
turned off.
connect negative battery cable. D
SEF289H
E
MBIB0625E
H
with levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure.
I
K
PBIB1512E
When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or L

break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin M
Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam- N
age to IC's.
Keep engine control system harness at least 10cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal- O
PBIB0090E
of IC's, etc.
P

PRECAUTIONS
Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly.
Refer to EC-205, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value".
Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
incidents.
Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor, crankshaft
position sensor.
MEF040D
After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
SAT652J

the two tester probes to contact.
ground.
Do not disassemble fuel pump.
If NG, take proper action.
Do not disassemble fuel injector.
If NG, replace fuel injector.
SEF348N
Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.

Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessar-
ily.
SEF709Y

PRECAUTIONS
observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic A
control systems depending on installation location.
trol units.
EC
from the harness of electronic controls.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standingwave C
radio can be kept smaller.
SEF708Y

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Tool number
Description
Tool name
EG17650301 Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap and ra-
Radiator cap tester diator filler neck
adapter a: 28 (1.10) dia.
b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia.
Unit: mm (in)
S-NT564

ture sensor
S-NT705

A
Schematic INFOID:0000000002978098
EC
P
JMBIA1099GB

Vacuum Hose Drawing INFOID:0000000002978099
LEFT SIDE OF THE ENGINE ROOM
MBIB1215E
1. Turbocharger boost control 2. Turbocharger control actuator

solenoid valve
A. From next page
: Vehicle front
NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose.
Refer to EC-181, "Schematic" for Vacuum Control System.

RIGHT SIDE OF THE ENGINE ROOM
A
EC
L
MBIB1288E
1. Fuel rail 2. Intake air control valve control 3. Vacuum pump M

solenoid valve
4. Intake air control valve actuator
A. To previous page N
: Vehicle front
NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose.
O
Refer to EC-181, "Schematic" for Vacuum Control System.

When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed.

1. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-58, "ECM
Re-communicating Function".
2. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration.
3. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing.

A
DTC Detection Logic INFOID:0000000002978100
When a malfunction is detected, the malfunction (DTC) and freeze frame data are stored in the ECM memory. EC
The MIL will light up each time the ECM detects malfunction. For diagnostic items causing the MIL to light up,
refer to EC-173.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) INFOID:0000000002978101 C
HOW TO READ DTC

The DTC can be read by the following methods. D
With CONSULT-III
CONSULT-III displays the DTC in SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode. Example: P0117, P0335, P1268, etc. These
DTCs are prescribed by ISO15031-5. E
(CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
Without CONSULT-III
The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC. F
Example: 0117, 0335, 1260, etc.
Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, the Diagnostic Test Mode II does not indicate
whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. G
CONSULT-III can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-III (if avail-
able) is recommended.
HOW TO ERASE DTC H
With CONSULT-III
NOTE: I
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 5 sec-
onds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-173), skip 1.
J
1. Erase DTC in TCM. Refer to AT-19.
2. Touch ENGINE.
3. Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS. K
4. Touch ERASE. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting ERASE in the SELF-
DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-III. L
Without CONSULT-III
NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once wait at least 10 sec- M
onds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-173), skip 1.
1. Erase DTC in TCM. Refer to AT-19. N
hours. O
- Freeze frame data
- Fuel pump learning value P
Freeze Frame Data INFOID:0000000002978102
The ECM records the driving conditions such as calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, engine
speed, vehicle speed and intake manifold pressure at the moment a malfunction is detected.

The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III. For
details, see "Freeze Frame Data".
Only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory
and another freeze frame data occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures for clear-
ing the ECM memory are described in EC-185, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)".
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, CONSULT-III and Driving Patterns INFOID:0000000002978103
JMBIA0881GB
*1: When a malfunction is detected, MIL *2: MIL will not light up after ignition *3: When a malfunction is detected for
will light up. switch is turned OFF. the first time, the DTC will be stored in
ECM.
*4: Other screens except SELF-DIAG- *5: The DTC will not be displayed any
NOSTIC RESULTS cannot display longer after vehicle is driven 40 times
the malfunction. (Driving pattern A) without the same
malfunction. (The DTC still remain in
ECM.)

DRIVING PATTERN A
A
EC
MBIB0923E F
The counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
The counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
The DTC will not be displayed after the counter reaches 40.
G

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel injec-
tion control, fuel injection timing control, glow control system, etc.
The ECM accepts input signals from sensors and instantly actuators.
It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and sta-
ble. At the same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions
such as vacuum leaks, or other malfunctions with the engine.
MEF036D
It is much more difficult to diagnose a malfunction that occurs inter-

mittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent malfunctions are
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace-
ment of good parts.
SEF233G
test with CONSULT-III or a circuit tester connected should be per-
formed. Follow the WORK FLOW.
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
on next page should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional incidents first. This
will help troubleshoot driveability incidents on an electronically con-
SEF234G
trolled engine vehicle.
WORK FLOW

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
L
PBIB2218E
*1 If time data of SELF-DIAG RE- *2 If the incident cannot be verified, per- *3 If the on board diagnostic system M
SULTS is other than 0, perform form EC-215. cannot be performed, check main
EC-215. power supply and ground circuit. Re-
fer to EC-216.
N
*4 If malfunctioning part cannot be de-
tected, perform EC-215.
Description for Work Flow O
STEP DESCRIPTION
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the DI- P
STEP I
AGNOSTIC WORK SHEET.
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-III) the DTC and the freeze frame data,
then erase the DTC. The DTC and the freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
Refer to EC-185, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)".
STEP II If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-215.
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by DTC, and the symptom described by the customer. (The Symp-
tom Matrix Chart will be useful. Refer to EC-196, "Symptom Matrix Chart".) Also check related service bulletins for
information.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
STEP DESCRIPTION
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-III
STEP III to the vehicle and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-215.
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
Try to detect the DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the DTC and the
freeze frame data by using CONSULT-III.
During the DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP IV If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-215.
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The DTC cannot
be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative.
The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the DTC detection.
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to Trouble Diagnosis for DTC PXXXX.
STEP V
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the Basic Inspection, EC-192, "Basic Inspection". Then perform inspections
according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. Refer to EC-196, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts.
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-III.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-
III. Refer to EC-205, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value" or EC-211, "CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
STEP VI Mode".
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspec-
tion is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to GI-23, "How to Perform Effi-
cient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident", Circuit Inspection.
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If the malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-215.
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code (DTC P0000) is detected. If the incident is still
STEP VII
detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a different method from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) DTC in ECM. (Refer to
EC-185, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)".)
DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET

engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one shown below in order to
organize all the information for troubleshooting.
SEF907L

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Worksheet Sample
A
EC
L
MTBL0533
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000002978105 M
chart.
NOTE: N
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-222.
O

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

1 U1000 CAN communication line
P0016 Crankshaft position - camshaft position correlation
P0101 P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor
P0112 P0113 Intake air temperature sensor
P0182 P0183 Fuel pump temperature sensor
P0192 P0193 Fuel rail pressure sensor
P0237 P0238 Turbocharger boost sensor
P0335 P0336 Crankshaft position sensor
P0340 P0341 Camshaft position sensor
P0563 Battery voltage
P0605 P0606 P0668 P0669 ECM
P0642 P0643 P0652 P0653 Sensor power supply
P0700 TCM
P0705 Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
P1610 - P1616 NATS
P1622 P1623 Injector adjustment value
P2228 P2229 Barometric pressure sensor
2 P0045 Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
P0089 P0628 P0629 P1272 - P1275 Fuel pump
P0200 - P0204 P1268 - P1271 P2146 - P2149 Fuel injector
P0380 Glow relay
P0686 ECM relay
P0710 P0720 P0725 P0731 P0732 P0733 P0734 P0735 P0740 P0744 P0745 P1705 P1716 P1730 P1752 P1757
P1762 P1767 P1772 P1774 A/T related sensors, solenoid valves and switches
P1212 TCS communication line
3 P0088 P0093 Fuel system
P0234 Turbocharger system
P0501 P0502 P0503 ASCD vehicle speed sensor
P0580 P0581 ASCD steering switch
P1211 TCS control unit
Precaution:
Perform Basic Inspection without electrical or mechanical loads applied;
Headlamp switch is OFF.
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, set lighting switch to the 1st position to light only
small lamps.
Air conditioner switch is OFF.
Heater fan switch is OFF.
Rear defogger switch is OFF.
Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related incident.
2. Check the current need for scheduled maintenance, especially for fuel filter and air cleaner filter. Refer to
MA-8.
3. Open engine hood and check the following:
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, or improper connections

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
- Wiring for improper connections, pinches, or cuts
4. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera- A
ture.
>> GO TO 2. EC
SEF142I
2.PREPARATION FOR CHECKING IDLE SPEED D
With CONSULT-III
Connect CONSULT-III to the data link connector. E
Without CONSULT-III
Install diesel tacho tester to the vehicle.
F
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK IDLE SPEED
G
With CONSULT-III
1. Select CKPSRPM (TDC) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Read idle speed. H
M/T: 75025 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T: 75025 rpm (in P or N position)
I
Without CONSULT-III
Read idle speed.
J
OK or NG K
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK L
1. Stop engine.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 5.
N
5.BLEED AIR FROM FUEL SYSTEM
Use priming pump to bleed air from fuel system. Refer to AIR BLEEDING.
O
>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN
P
With CONSULT-III
3. Read idle speed.


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Without CONSULT-III
Read idle speed.

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 7.
7.DRAIN WATER FROM FUEL FILTER
1. Stop engine.
2. Drain water from fuel filter. Refer to WATER DRAINING.
>> GO TO 8.
With CONSULT-III
3. Read idle speed.

Without CONSULT-III
Read idle speed.

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK AIR CLEANER FILTER
1. Stop engine.
2. Check air cleaner filter for clogging or breaks.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace air cleaner filter.
10.CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE
Check battery voltage.
Voltage: More than 12.13V

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK BATTERY
Refer to SC-4.
OK or NG
OK >> Check charging system. Refer to SC-16.
12.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure. Refer to CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13. A
NG >> Follow the instruction of CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE.
EC
With CONSULT-III
2. Select CKPSRPM (TDC) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. C
3. Read idle speed.

A/T: 75025 rpm (in P or N position) D
Without CONSULT-III
Read idle speed. E

F
OK or NG
NG >> 1. Replace fuel injector. G
2. GO TO 3.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM
ENGINE STALL
SYSTEM Basic engine control system
HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS COLD
HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS HOT
NO START (without first firing)
NO START (with first firing)
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF
Fuel pump 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Fuel injector 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 3
Glow control system 1 1 1 1 1
Engine body 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3
EGR system* 3 3
Air cleaner and duct 3 3
Fuel rail pressure relief valve 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Fuel pump circuit 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
ENGINE CONTROL
Fuel injector adjustment value registration 1 1 1 1

Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 1
Engine coolant temperature circuit 1 1 1 1
Vehicle speed signal circuit 1
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 1 1 1
Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM
A

EC
ENGINE STALL
D
SYSTEM Basic engine control system E

F
G
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
H
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
I

J
Crankshaft position sensor circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Camshaft position sensor circuit 3 3
Turbocharger boost sensor circuit 1 1 1 K
Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve circuit 1 1 1
ENGINE CONTROL
Intake air control valve control solenoid valve circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Start signal circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 L
Ignition switch circuit 1 1 1 1
Power supply for ECM circuit 1 1 1 1
M
EGR volume control valve circuit* 1 1 1
Cooling fan relay circuit*
Glow relay circuit 1 1 1 N
ECM relay (Self shut-off) circuit 1 1 1 1
ECM 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
O
*: If so equipped
P

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM
OVERHEAT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
ABNORMAL SMOKE COLOR
DEAD BATTERY (UNDER CHARGE)


Can be detected by CONSULT-III?

Malfunction indicator illuminates.

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
BLACK SMOKE
WHITE SMOKE
Warranty symptom code AG AH AJ AK AL AM AP HA
Fuel pump 5 5 5 5 1 1
Fuel injector 3 3 3 4 3 3 1 1
Glow control system 1
Engine body 3 3 3 3 1 3
EGR system* 3
Air cleaner and duct 3
Fuel rail pressure relief valve 3 3 3 3
Fuel pump circuit 4 4 4 4 1 1
Fuel injector adjustment value registration 1 1 1 1 1
Engine coolant temperature circuit 1 1 1 1 1
Vehicle speed signal circuit 1 1
Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit 1 1
ENGINE CONTROL
Crankshaft position sensor circuit 1 1 1 1

Turbocharger boost sensor circuit 1 1
Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve circuit 1 1
Start signal circuit
Ignition switch circuit
Hear up switch circuit
Power supply for ECM circuit 1 1
EGR volume control valve circuit* 1
Glow relay circuit 1
ECM relay (Self shut-off) circuit 1
ECM 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
*: If so equipped
A
EC
MBIB1198E
1. IPDM E/R 2. ECM 3. Glow relay N

4. Turbocharger boost sensor 5. Refrigerant pressure sensor 6. Engine coolant temperature sensor
7. Fuel pump 8. Cooling fan motor 9. Intake air control valve actuator
(If so equipped) O
10. Turbocharger boost control solenoid 11. Mass air flow sensor 12. Turbocharger boost control actuator
valve
13. Camshaft position sensor 14. Glow plug 15. Fuel injector P
16. Fuel rail pressure sensor 17. Intake air control valve control 18. EGR volume control valve
solenoid valve (If so equipped)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
MBIB1388E
: Vehicle front
1. Fuel pump temperature sensor 2. Fuel pump 3. Fuel rail pressure relief valve
4. Fuel rail 5. Engine coolant temperature sensor 6. EGR volume control valve
(If so equipped)
7. Fuel rail pressure sensor 8. Camshaft position sensor 9. Refrigerant pressure sensor

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
L
MBIB1249E
: Vehicle front M
1. Glow relay 2. ECM 3. Crankshaft position sensor
4. Turbocharger boost sensor 5. ASCD brake switch 6. Stop lamp switch N
(View with front grille removed) (If so equipped)
7. Accelerator pedal position sensor
O

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
MBIB1289E
: Vehicle front
1. Turbocharger boost control solenoid 2. Turbocharger control actuator 3. PNP switch (M/T)
valve (view from under the vehicle)
(View with air cleaner upper case re-
moved)
4. Intake air control valve control sole- 5. ASCD steering switch 6. RESSUME/ACCELERATE switch
noid valve (If so equipped)
7. SET/COAST switch 8. MAIN switch 9. CANCEL switch

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
MBWA2108E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
MBWA2109E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
PBIB3368E
D
E
PREPARATION
1. ECM located in the engine room passenger side behind coolant
reservoir tank.
F
2. Remove ECM harness connector.
BBIA0537E
3. When disconnecting ECM harness connector, loosen it with I

4. Connect a break-out box and Y-cable adapter between the ECM
and ECM harness connector. J
Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
K
L
PBIB1512E

Remarks: Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. M
CAUTION:
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. N

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+
1
(B)
2
ECM ground
(B)
3
(B)
Approximately 7.5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
4 Fuel injector power supply Idle speed
(L/W) (For cylinder No. 1 and 4) NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
114 MBIB1295E
(B)
Approximately 8.0V
[Engine is running]
5 Fuel injector power supply
Warm-up condition
(O/L) (For cylinder No. 2 and 3)
MBIB1296E
Approximately 6.3V
[Engine is running]
6 114 Turbocharger boost control
Warm-up condition
(O) (B) solenoid valve
Idle speed
MBIB0889E
Approximately 8.6V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
MBIB0890E
Approximately 5.8V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
MBIB0885E
10 114
Fuel pump
(G) (B)
Approximately 5.5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
MBIB0886E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA A
ITEM CONDITION
+
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] EC
(11 - 14V)
15 114 Intake air control valve con-
(L) (B) trol solenoid valve [Ignition switch OFF]
For a few seconds after turning ignition Approximately 0.3V
switch OFF C
21 Approximately 7.5V
Fuel injector No. 2
(R/W)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition D
Idle speed
22 NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 2 The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
(R/B)
at idle E
MBIB1297E
114
23 (B)
Fuel injector No. 3 Approximately 8.0V
(O/B) F
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
24 Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
G
Fuel injector No. 3
(O)
MBIB1298E
H
25
(L/W)
26 0.1 - 14V
I
(L) [Engine is running] (Voltage signals of each ECM ter-
114
EGR volume control valve* Warm-up condition minals differ according to the con-
27 (B)
Idle speed trol position of EGR volume
(R/W) control valve.) J
28
(R)
0.5 - 1.0V K
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition L
Idle speed
29 114 MBIB0887E M
Fuel pump
(B) (B)
0.5 - 1.0V
N
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
O
MBIB0888E
37 114
Glow relay Refer to EC-271. P
(L) (B)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
+
Fuel injector No. 4
(LG/R)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
41 NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 4 The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
(LG/B)
at idle
MBIB1297E
114
42 (B)
(L/R)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Fuel injector No. 1
(L/B)
MBIB1298E
45 114 Camshaft position sensor

[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
(L/O) (B) power supply
Approximately 3.7V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
NOTE:
at idle
46 114 MBIB0879E
Crankshaft position sensor
(R) (B)
Approximately 3.7V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
MBIB0880E
Approximately 4.9V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
NOTE:
at idle
MBIB0877E
47 114
Camshaft position sensor
(L/Y) (B)
Approximately 4.9V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
MBIB0878E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA A
ITEM CONDITION
+
[Engine is running]
48 EC
(L)
68 Idle speed
Fuel rail pressure sensor
(L/R) [Engine is running]
49
Warm-up condition 1.7 - 2.0V C
(L)
50 69 Fuel pump temperature sen- [Engine is running]
Output voltage varies with fuel D
(BR) (B) sor Warm-up condition
pump temperature
51 70 Engine coolant temperature [Engine is running]
Output voltage varies with engine
(B/R) (R/L) sensor Warm-up condition E
coolant temperature
[Engine is running]
52 71 Idle speed F
Turbocharger boost sensor
(SB) (P) [Engine is running]
Engine speed: 2,000 rpm G
[Engine is running]
53 72 Warm-up condition
Refrigerant pressure sensor 0.7 - 3.7V
(W) (BR) Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON
(Compressor operates) H
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 0.4V
[Engine is running]
I
54 73 Idle speed
(G) (B)
[Engine is running] 1.4 - 1.8V to Approximately 4.0V
Warm-up condition (Check for liner voltage rise in re- J
Engine is revving from idle to about 4,000 sponse to engine being increased
rpm. to about 4,000 rpm)
55 74 Intake air temperature sen- [Engine is running]

Approximately 0 - 4.9V K
Output voltage varies with intake
(W) (R) sor Warm-up condition
air temperature
63 68 Fuel rail pressure sensor L
(L/W) (L/R) power supply
Sensor power supply
64 71
(Turbocharger boost sensor / [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.0V
(G/W) (P) M
Refrigerant pressure sensor)
65 Crankshaft position sensor

(B) ground
66 Camshaft position sensor
N

(W/L) ground
Sensor ground
67 O
(Sensor shield circuit)
68 Fuel rail pressure sensor

(L/R) ground
69 Fuel pump temperature sen- P

(B) sor ground
70 Engine coolant temperature

(R/L) sensor ground
71 Turbocharger boost sensor

(P) ground

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
+
72 Refrigerant pressure sensor

(BR) ground
73
Mass air flow sensor ground
(B)
74 Intake air temperature sen-

(R) sor ground
82 84 Accelerator pedal position
(W) (R) sensor 1 power supply
[Ignition switch ON]
83 84 Accelerator pedal position Accelerator pedal: Fully released
(B) (R) sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
Engine: Stopped More than 4.3V
84 Accelerator pedal position

(R) sensor 1 ground
87
CAN communication line
(P)
89 114
Data link connector
(SB) (B)
90 92 Accelerator pedal position
(W) (O) sensor 2 power supply
91 92 Accelerator pedal position Accelerator pedal: Fully released
(W/L) (O) sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
92 Accelerator pedal position

(O) sensor 2 ground
95
(L)
99 114
Start signal BATTERY VOLTAGE
(BR/W) (B) [Ignition switch START]
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch OFF]
Approximately 0V
100 114 Brake pedal: Fully released
Stop lamp switch
(Y) (B) [Ignition switch OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
101 114 Fully released (M/T)
ASCD brake switch*
(LG) (B) [Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA A
ITEM CONDITION
+
Approximately 4.0V EC
Approximately 0V
ON/OFF switch: Pressed
102 103 [Ignition switch ON] C
ASCD steering switch* Approximately 1.0V
(SB) (B/W) CANCEL switch: Pressed
Approximately 3.0V
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed D
Approximately 2.0V
103 ASCD steering switch E

(B/W) ground*
[Ignition switch OFF] F
Approximately 1.0V
105 114 switch OFF
ECM relay (self shut-off)
(W/B) (B)
BATTERY VOLTAGE G
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
107
(W/L) H
114 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Ignition switch [Ignition switch ON]
108 (B) (11 - 14V)
(W/L)
I
Approximately 0V
110 114 Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
Park/Neutral position switch
(O) (B) [Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Except the above position (11 - 14V) J
Approximately 1.0V
For a few seconds after turning ignition K
113 114 switch OFF
(W/B) (B)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
More than a few seconds after turning igni- L
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
114
ECM ground
(B)
M
119
(R) 114 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON]
120 (B) (11 - 14V)
(R/L) N
121 114 Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
(R/W) (B) (Back-up) (11 - 14V)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) O
*: If so equipped

P
Remarks:

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indi- Almost the same speed as the ta-
CKPS-RPM (TDC)
cation. chometer indication
COOLAN TEMP/S Engine: After warming up More than 70C (158F)
Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedome- Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
ter indication speedometer indication
FUEL TEMP SEN Engine: After warming up More than 40C (104F)
Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.65 - 0.87V

ACCEL POS SEN*1 (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 4.3V

ACCEL SEN 2*1 (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 2.0V
Ignition switch: ON
Approximately 0.4V
(Engine stopped)
Engine: After warming up
Air conditioner switch: OFF Idle 1.4 - 1.8V
MAS AIR/FL SE Shift lever:
1.4 - 1.8V to Approximately 4.0V
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
Engine is revving from idle to about (Check for liner voltage rise in re-
No load
4,000 rpm. sponse to engine being increased
to about 4,000 rpm)
BATTERY VOLT Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V
Shift lever:
ON
P/N POSI SW Ignition switch: ON P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
Except above OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released (A/T)
Clutch pedal and brake pedal: OFF
Fully released (M/T)
BRAKE SW2 Ignition switch: ON Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
(A/T)
ON
IGN SW Ignition switch: ON OFF ON OFF
Engine: After warming up Idle 25 - 35 MPa
ACT CR PRESS Shift lever:
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 40 - 50 MPa
No load
Engine: After warming up Idle 4.00 - 10.00 mm3/
TARGET F/INJ Shift lever:
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 6.00 - 12.00 mm3/
No load
Engine: After warming up No load 0.50 - 0.70 msec
Shift lever:
MAIN INJ WID Blower fan switch: ON
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 0.50 - 0.80 msec
Idle speed Rear window defogger switch: ON

TARG INJ TIMG Shift lever: Idle 1.0 - 1.0
No load
GLOW RLY Refer to EC-271.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
Engine: After warming up Idle 1,600 - 2,000 mA
PUMP CURRENT Shift lever:
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 1,500 - 1,900 mA
EC
No load
Engine: After warming up After 1 minute at idle More than 10 steps
C
EGR VOL CON/V*2 Shift lever: Revving engine from idle to 3,200
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 0 step
rpm
No load
When cooling fan is stopped OFF D
COOLING FAN*2 When cooling fans operate at low speed LOW
When cooling fans operate at high speed HI
E
Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 66%
TC V/N CONT/V Shift lever:
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm Approx. 40% F
No load
INT/A VOLUME Engine: After warming up, idle the engine 150 - 450 mg/
Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 100.00 kPa G
INT/M PRES SE 3,600 rpm Approx. 140.00 kPa
Shift lever:
[kPa]
4,000 rpm Approx. 135.00 kPa H
No load
Altitude
Approx. 0m: Approx. 100.62 kPa
(1.0062 bar, 1.026 kg/cm2, 14.59 I
psi)
Approx. 1,000 m: Approx. 88.95
kPa (0.8895 bar, 0.907 kg/cm2, J
BARO SEN Ignition switch: ON 12.90 psi)
kPa (0.8316 bar, 0.848 kg/cm2,
12.06 psi) K
kPa (0.7836 bar, 0.799 kg/cm2,
11.36 psi) L
CYL COUNT Engine is running 1342
VDC APPLY Ignition switch: ON NO
SET/COAST switch: Released OFF M
SET SW*2 Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
OFF N
Released
2 Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACC SW*
ON
Pressed
O
CANCEL SW*2 Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL switch: Pressed ON
MAIN switch: Released OFF P
MAIN SW*2 Ignition switch: ON
Models with ASCD YES
ASCD APPLY*2 Ignition switch: ON
Models without ASCD NO
Engine: Idle
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0V
NOTE:

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
*1: This signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.
*2: If so equipped

A
Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the incident resolves itself (the part or circuit function returns EC
to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's com-
plaint often do not recur on DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent incidents
occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred
may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indi- C
cate the specific malfunctioning area.
COMMON INTERMITTENT INCIDENT REPORT SITUATIONS
D
II The CONSULT-III is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than 0.
E
III The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
IV DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI The Diagnostic Procedure for XXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area. F
G
1.INSPECTION START
Erase DTCs. Refer to EC-185, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)".
H
>> GO TO 2.
I
OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 3.
3.SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT K
TESTS.
OK or NG L
M

CAUTION:
TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
+
1
(B)
2
ECM ground
(B)
3
(B)
Approximately 1.0V
105 114 switch OFF
(W/B) (B)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
107
(W/L) 114 BATTERY VOLTAGE
108 (B) (11 - 14V)
(W/L)
Approximately 1.0V
113 114 switch OFF
(W/B) (B)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
114
ECM ground
(B)
119
120 (B) (11 - 14V)
(R/L)
(R/W) (B) (Back-up) (11 - 14V)

EC
MBWA2110E
P
1.INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No

Yes >> GO TO 7.
No >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
MBIB0610E

Harness connectors M91, E101
Fuse block (J/B) connector M88
10A fuse
>> Repair harness or connectors.

4.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS-I
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
JMBIA1097ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
4. Body ground E61
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 2, 3, 114 and ground.

OK or NG

OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6. A
EC
C
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. D
4. Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground E
Voltage: After turning ignition switch OFF, battery

voltage will exist for a few seconds, then drop F
approximately 0V.
OK or NG
G
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 8.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO
10.
PBIB1630E
H
8.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. K
NG >> GO TO 10.
L
MBIB1236E

M
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 119 and IPDM E/R terminal 3, ECM terminal 120 and
IPDM E/R terminal 4. N
Continuity should exist. O

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. P


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 121 and ground with CON-
SULT-III or tester.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 12.
MBIB0026E
12.CHECK 20A FUSE

2. Check 20A fuse.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace 20A fuse.
13.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS-II
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
JMBIA1097ZZ
: Vehicle front
(control unit)
4. Body ground E61
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16. A
NG >> GO TO 15.
EC
C

16.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT D
Refer to EC-215.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. E
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
F
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works. G
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface. H
Clean as required to assure good contact. I
If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the J
K
PBIB1870E
P

DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
U1000 CAN communication (CAN communication line is open or
communication signal of OBD (emission-related
1000 line shorted)
diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.
(Refer to LAN-40)
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

EC
TBWB1334E
P

DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION

NOTE:
or P0653. Refer to EC-289.
The correlation between crankshaft position
P0016 Crankshaft position - camshaft Crankshaft position sensor
sensor signal and camshaft position sensor
0016 position correlation Timing chain
signal is out of the normal range.
Signal plate
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

DTC P0045 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
The load from the turbocharger boost control solenoid valve controls EC
the actuator. By changing the variable nozzle vane opening through
the rods, the intake air volume is adjusted.
C
MBIB0626E E
The turbocharger boost control solenoid valve (1) is moved by ON/

OFF pulse from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the charge air F
pressure rises.
: Vehicle front
Alternator (2)
G
MBIB1206E

I

J
An improper voltage is sent to ECM (The solenoid valve circuit is K
P0045 Turbocharger boost control solenoid
through turbocharger boost control so- open or shorted.)
0045 valve circuit / open
lenoid valve. Turbocharger boost control so-
lenoid valve
L
NOTE:
M
N
2. Check DTC.
O

TBWB1335E

DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM
A
NOTE: EC
C
Fuel pump
P0088 Fuel pressure is too much higher than the speci-
Fuel rail pressure too high Fuel injector
0088 fied value.
D
E
NOTE:
F
2. Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 20 seconds.
3. Check DTC. G

DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP
DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP

NOTE:
or P0653. Refer to EC-289 .
Fuel pump
P0089 Air mixed with fuel
Fuel pump performance Fuel pressure is too much higher than the target value.
0089 Lack of fuel
NOTE:
2. Let engine idle for at least 30 seconds.
3. Check DTC.

A
NOTE: EC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
Fuel pump
ECM detects a fuel system leak. Fuel rail
P0093 (The relation between the output voltage to the Fuel pipe D
Fuel system leak
0093 fuel pump and input voltage from the fuel rail Fuel rail pressure relief valve
pressure sensor is out of the normal range.) Air mixed with fuel
Lack of fuel
E
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the fuel system. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not F
be confirmed.
NOTE:
Make sure that there is no fire hazard near the vehicle.
Before performing the following procedure, cool down engine. G
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Open engine hood and check if there are any signs of fuel leakage or not. H
If there are any signs, check possible cause items.
If there is no signs, go to next step.
2. Check oil level. I
If oil level is above the proper range, check possible cause items.
If oil level is within the proper range, go to next step.
3. Start engine and check fuel leakage in the engine room. J
If fuel leakage is found, check possible cause items.
If fuel leakage is not found, go to next step.
4. Select ACT CR PRESS in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
K
5. Check the fuel rail pressure at the idle speed.
Fuel rail pressure: 25 - 35 MPa L

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
M
1. Open engine hood and check if there are any signs of fuel leakage or not.
N
2. Check oil level.
3. Start engine and check fuel leakage in the engine room. O
P

4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 48, 49 and ground under
the following conditions.
Idle speed: 1.4 - 1.7 V

PBIB3493E

DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
A
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It EC
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater C
the heat loss.
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The D
PBIA9559J E
Harness or connectors G
(The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
P0101 Mass air flow sensor cir- Improper voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM H
Intake air leaks
0101 cuit range/performance compared with the driving condition.
Air cleaner
Intake air temperature sensor
EGR volume control valve I

J
CAUTION:
NOTE: K
WITH CONSULT-III L
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 40 seconds. M
4. Drive vehicle under the following condition.
N
CKPSRPM Approx. 2,800 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE 70 - 100 km/h (43 - 62 MPH)
4th position (M/T) O
Shift lever
D position (A/T)
5. Release accelerator pedal for at least 10 seconds.
Do not depress brake pedal during this procedure. P
6. Check DTC.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III

Engine speed Approx. 2,800 rpm

Vehicle speed 70 - 100 km/h (43 - 62 MPH)
4th position (M/T)
Shift lever
D position (A/T)
3. Release accelerator pedal for at least 10 seconds.
Do not depress brake pedal during this procedure.
4. Check DTC.

EC
TBWB1336E
P

The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
PBIA9559J
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is Harness or connectors
0102 low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or short-
P0103 Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ed.)
0103 high input sent to ECM. Mass air flow sensor
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

EC
TBWB1336E
P

DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor
(1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
PBIA9559J
<Reference data>
Intake air
temperature C (F)
25 (77) 2.4 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 0.8 0.283 - 0.359
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 55 (Intake
air temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output SEF012P
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.

Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
P0112 Intake air temperature sen- An excessively low voltage from the sensor is Harness or connectors
0112 sor circuit low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or short-
P0113 Intake air temperature sen- An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ed.)
0113 sor circuit high input sent to ECM. Intake air temperature sensor
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

EC
TBWB1337E
P

The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant tempera-

Voltage* (V) Resistance (k)
ture C (F)
10 (14) 4.7 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.8 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.6 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 1.3 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 51 (Engine
SEF012P
CAUTION:
P0117 Engine coolant temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is Harness or connectors
0117 sensor circuit low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or short-
P0118 Engine coolant temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ed.)
0118 sensor circuit high input sent to ECM. Engine coolant temperature sensor
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

EC
TBWB1338E
P


of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensors detect the accelera-
tor pedal position and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM uses the
signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected.
PBIB1741E

NOTE:
If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0642 or P0643. Refer to EC-287.
0122 sensor 1 circuit low input 1 is sent to ECM. (The APP sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
0123 sensor 1 circuit high input 1 is sent to ECM. (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

EC
TBWB1339E
P

DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Fuel pump temperature sensor is built in the fuel pump. The sensor detects the fuel temperature in the fuel
pump and calibrates the fuel injection amount change by fuel temperature.
P0182 Fuel pump temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is Harness or connectors
0182 sensor circuit low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or short-
P0183 Fuel pump temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ed.)
0183 sensor circuit high input sent to ECM. Fuel pump temperature sensor
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

EC
TBWB1340E
P

DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR
The fuel rail pressure (FRP) sensor (1) is placed to the fuel rail. It
measures the fuel pressure in the fuel rail. The sensor sends voltage
signal to the ECM. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises.
The ECM controls the fuel pressure in the fuel rail by the inlet throt-
tling device. The ECM uses the signal from fuel rail pressure sensor
as a feedback signal.
MBIB1202E

NOTE:
P0192 Fuel rail pressure sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is Harness or connectors
0192 circuit low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or short-
P0193 Fuel rail pressure sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ed.)
0193 circuit high input sent to ECM. Fuel rail pressure sensor
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

EC
TBWB1341E
P

DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR
P0200 Fuel injector power supply ECM detects a voltage of power source for the
ECM
0200 circuit fuel injector is excessively high or low.
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
A
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM EC
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder. The
amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. C
Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open.
The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel
needs. D
PBIB0465E E
F
P0201 No. 1 cylinder fuel injector An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
0201 circuit open through No. 1 cylinder fuel injector. G
0202 circuit open through No. 2 cylinder fuel injector. Harness or connectors
(The fuel injector circuit is open.)
P0203 No. 3 cylinder fuel injector An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM Fuel injector H
0203 circuit open through No. 3 cylinder fuel injector.
0204 circuit open through No. 4 cylinder fuel injector. I
NOTE: J
TESTING CONDITION K
Before performing the following procedure, confirm the ambient temperature is more than -20C (-4F).
2. Check DTC. L

TBWB1342E

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (WITH ELECTRIC COOLING FAN)
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (WITH ELECTRIC COOLING
A
FAN)
EC
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
NOTE:
If DTC P0217 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to C
EC-387.
Cooling Fan Control
D
E
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature IPDM E/R
Cooling fan control
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal* (Cooling fan relays)
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure F

*: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line.
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF]. G
MBIB1266E
M
Cooling fan relay N

Cooling fan speed
1 2
Stop (OFF) OFF OFF
O
Low (LOW) ON OFF
High (HI) ON ON
P
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Cooling Fan Motor

Cooling fan motor terminals

Cooling fan speed
(+) ()
1 3 and 4
Low (LOW)
2 3 and 4

MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
(The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
IPDM E/R
Cooling fan does not operate properly Cooling fan
(Overheat). Cooling fan (Crankshaft driven)
Cooling fan system does not operate Radiator hose
P0217 Engine over temperature properly (Overheat). Radiator
0217 (Overheat) Engine coolant was not added to the sys- Radiator cap
tem using the proper filling method. Reservoir tank
Engine coolant is not within the specified Reservoir tank cap
range. Water pump
Thermostat
For more information, refer to EC-254, "Main
12 Causes of Overheating".
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to MA-26, "Changing Engine
Coolant". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-33, "Changing Engine Oil".
firmed.
WARNING:
Never remove a radiator cap and/or a reservoir tank cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could
be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator and/or the reservoir tank.
WITH CONSULT-III

Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. A
cause items.
EC
cause items.
C
4. Perform COOLING FAN in ACTIVE TEST mode with CON-
SULT-III. SEF621W
D
5. If the results are NG, check possible cause items.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. E
the proper range, skip the following steps and check possible F
cause items.
G
cause items.
SEF621W
H
3. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PG-17, "Auto Active
Test". I

MBWA2111E

EC
O
MBWA2112E


OFF 1 Blocked radiator Visual No blocking
Blocked condenser
Blocked bumper
3 Coolant level Visual Coolant up to MAX level in reservoir
tank and radiator filler neck
4 Reservoir tank cap Pressure tester See CO-42, "Standard and Limit".
ON* 2 5 Coolant leaks Visual No leaks
ON*2 6 Thermostat Touch the upper and lower Both hoses should be hot
radiator hoses
ON*1 7 Cooling fan CONSULT-III Operating
Cooling fan (Crankshaft driv-

ON*2 7
en)
Visual Operating
OFF 8 Combustion gas leak Color checker chemical Negative

tester 4 Gas analyzer
Coolant overflow to reservoir Visual No overflow during driving and idling
tank
OFF*4 10 Coolant return from reservoir Visual Should be initial level in reservoir tank
tank to radiator
OFF 11 Cylinder head Straight gauge feeler gauge 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum distortion
(warping)
12 Cylinder block and pistons Visual No scuffing on cylinder walls or piston
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (WITHOUT ELECTRIC COOLING
FAN)
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (WITHOUT ELECTRIC COOL-
A
ING FAN)
EC
rise. C
indicated.
D
Cooling fan
Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over- Radiator hose
heat). Radiator E
Cooling fan system does not operate properly Radiator cap
P0217 Engine over temperature (Overheat). Reservoir tank
0217 (Overheat) Engine coolant was not added to the system Reservoir tank cap
using the proper filling method. Water pump F
Engine coolant is not within the specified Thermostat
range. For more information, refer to EC-256,
G
CAUTION:
Coolant". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-33, "Changing Engine Oil". H
I
firmed. J
WARNING:
be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator and/or the reservoir tank. K
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. L
the proper range, skip the following steps and check possible M
cause items.
cause items. N
SEF621W O

FAN)

OFF 1 Blocked radiator Visual No blocking
Blocked condenser
Blocked bumper
4 Reservoir tank cap Pressure tester 78 - 117.8 kPa
(0.78 - 1.18 bar, 0.8 - 1.2 kg/cm2,
11 - 17 psi) (Limit)
diator hoses
ON*1 7 Cooling fan Visual Operating

4 Gas analyzer
ON*2 9 Coolant temperature gauge Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when driv-
ing
Coolant overflow to reservoir Visual No overflow during driving and
tank idling
tank to radiator tank
OFF 11 Cylinder head Straight gauge feeler gauge 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum dis-
tortion (warping)
12 Cylinder block and pistons Visual No scuffing on cylinder walls or
piston

A
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end EC

C
PBIB1741E E
The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses. F

NOTE:
G
0222 sensor 2 circuit low input 2 is sent to ECM. (The APP sensor 2 circuit is open or
H
shorted.)
0223 sensor 2 circuit high input 2 is sent to ECM. (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) I
NOTE: J
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. K
2. Check DTC.
L

TBWB1345E

DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
A
The load from the turbocharger boost control solenoid valve controls EC
C
MBIB0626E E

OFF pulse from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the charge air F
pressure rises.
: Vehicle front
Alternator (2)
G
MBIB1206E

I

NOTE: J
K
Turbocharger
P0234 Turbocharger overboost ECM detects turbocharger boost pressure Vacuum pump
0234 condition is excessively high. Turbocharger boost sensor L
Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve

M
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the turbocharger. During this check, a DTC might not be
confirmed.
1. Start engine and let it idle. N
2. Make sure that turbocharger control actuator (1) rod moves
slightly when engine is started.
3. If NG, check possible cause items. O
MBIB1207E

DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
TBWB1335E

DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR
A
The turbocharger boost sensor detects pressure in the exit side of EC

the charge air cooler. The sensor output voltage to the ECM
increases as pressure increases.
C
MBIB0614E E
MBIB0899E
I
The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses. J

NOTE:
K
P0237 Turbocharger boost sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is Harness or connectors
0237 circuit low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or short- L
P0238 Turbocharger boost sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ed.)
0238 circuit high input sent to ECM. Turbocharger boost sensor
M
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at N
2. Check DTC. O
P

TBWB1347E

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR
A
The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is located on the cylinder EC

olution.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes
the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing D
magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. The ECM
receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine
revolution.
MBIB1323E E
NOTE: F
G
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor Crankshaft position sensor signal is not detect by (The sensor circuit is open or short-
0335 circuit the ECM when engine is running. ed.) H

I
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. J
If engine can not start, keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC. K
L

MBWA2113E

A
The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is located on the cylinder EC

olution.
the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing D
revolution.
MBIB1323E E
NOTE: F
G
(The sensor circuit is open or short-
P0336 Crankshaft position sensor Crankshaft position sensor signal is not in the H
ed.)
0336 circuit range/performance normal pattern when engine is running.
Signal plate
I
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at J
If engine can not start, keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds. K
2. Check DTC.
L

MBWA2113E

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
A
The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the retraction with cam- EC
shaft (left side) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position
(CMP) sensor senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position (CMP) sensor provides various controls C
of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification sig-
nals.
change.
MBIB1323E E
F
NOTE:
or P0653. Refer to EC-289. G
P0340 Camshaft position sensor Camshaft position sensor signal is not detect by (The sensor circuit is open or short-
0340 circuit the ECM when engine is running. ed.)
I
NOTE: J
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. K
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items. L

MBWA2114E

A
The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the retraction with cam- EC
ative, the camshaft position (CMP) sensor provides various controls C
nals.
change.
MBIB1323E E
F
NOTE:
or P0653. Refer to EC-289. G
Harness connectors H
(The sensor circuit is opener shorted.)
P0341 Camshaft position sensor Camshaft position sensor signal is not in the nor- Camshaft position sensor
0341 circuit range/performance mal pattern when engine is running. Signal plate
Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-5) I
Signal plate

J
NOTE:
2. Check DTC. L

MBWA2114E

DTC P0380 GLOW RELAY
A
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. EC
Harness or connectors C
An excessively low voltage is sent to ECM (The glow relay circuit is open or
through glow relay. shorted.)
P0380 Glow relay
Glow relay circuit
0380 Harness or connectors D
An excessively high voltage is sent to ECM (The glow relay circuit is short-
through glow relay. ed.)
Glow relay
E
NOTE: F
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. G
2. Check DTC.
H

TBWB1350E

A
The ECM receives vehicle speed sensor signal via CAN communication line. It is sent from combination EC
meter. The ECM uses this signal for ASCD control.
C
NOTE:
If DTC P0501 is displayed with DTC U1000 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer D
to EC-387.
to EC-458. E
Harness or connectors F
shorted)
(Refer to LAN-13)
Combination meter G
P0501 Vehicle speed sensor range/ A change of vehicle speed signal is ex-
(Refer to DI-10)
0501 performance cessively large during specified time.
(Refer to BRC-14)
Wheel sensor
H
(Refer to BRC-14)
ECM
I
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. J
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
L
1. Start engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 10 km/h (6 MPH) for at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
M

The ECM receives vehicle speed sensor signal via CAN communication line. It is sent from combination

NOTE:
If DTC P0502 is displayed with DTC U1000 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer
to EC-387.
to EC-458.
shorted)
(Refer to LAN-13)
Combination meter
P0502 Vehicle speed sensor circuit Vehicle speed signal is excessively low
(Refer to DI-10)
0502 low input compared with the driving condition.
(Refer to BRC-14)
Wheel sensor
(Refer to BRC-14)
ECM
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-III
3. Maintain the following condition for at least 5 seconds.
CKPSRPM (TDC) More than 2,800 rpm

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60C (140 F)
Clutch pedal Fully released
Shift lever 1st position
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:

Engine speed More than 2,800 rpm A

Clutch pedal (M/T) Released
EC
4. Check DTC.
5. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items. C


NOTE:
to EC-387.
to EC-458.
shorted)
(Refer to LAN-13)
Combination meter
P0503 Vehicle speed sensor circuit Vehicle speed signal is excessively high
(Refer to DI-10)
0503 high input compared with the driving condition.
(Refer to BRC-14)
Wheel sensor
(Refer to BRC-14)
ECM
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
1. Start engine.
3. Check DTC.

A
When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch (1) and EC
stop lamp switch (2) are turned ON. ECM detects the state of the
brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal).
C
MBIB1214E E
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. F

MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
G
(The stop lamp switch circuit is open or
shorted.)
(The ASCD brake switch circuit is open or
shorted.)
When the vehicle speed is above 5 km/h
P0504
(3 MPH), ON signal from the stop lamp
(The ASCD clutch switch circuit is open or
I
ASCD brake switch switch and OFF signal from the ASCD
0504 shorted.)
brake switch are sent to the ECM at the
Stop lamp switch
same time.
ASCD brake switch J
ASCD clutch switch
Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
Incorrect ASCD clutch switch installation K
ECM

L
CAUTION:
NOTE: M
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 3 and 4 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a N
WITH CONSULT-III
O
1. Start engine.
3. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator lights up. P

Shift lever Suitable position
5. Check DTC.

If DTC is not detected, go to the following step.

Depress the brake pedal for more than
the above-mentioned condition.
8. Check DTC.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator lights up.

5. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
6. Start engine.

8. Check DTC.

EC
MBWA2115E

DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Battery
P0563 An excessively high voltage from the battery is Battery terminal
Battery voltage high
0563 sent to ECM. Alternator
Incorrect jump starting
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

DTC P0580, P0581 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
A
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation EC
E
MBIB1761E
1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch 3. SET/COAST switch F

4. MAIN switch 5. CANCEL switch

G
MIL will not light up for these diagnoses.
NOTE: H
Refer to EC-457.
I
P0580 ASCD steering switch circuit ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch Harness or connectors
0580 low input is stuck ON. (The switch circuit is open or shorted.) J
P0581 ASCD steering switch circuit An excessively high voltage signal from the ASCD steering switch
0581 high input ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM. ECM

K
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at L
2. Wait at least 10 seconds. M
onds. N
5. Press SET COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Check DTC. O

MBWA2116E

DTC P0605 ECM
DTC P0605 ECM
A

MBIB0625E E
F
P0605 Engine control module
ECM ROM is malfunctioning. ECM
0605 (ROM) G
NOTE: H
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. I
2. Check DTC.
J

DTC P0606 ECM
DTC P0606 ECM
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

MBIB0625E
ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. ECM
0606 (Processor)
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP
A
To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump, a plunger is built into the fuel pump. When the EC
amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel increases, the fuel pump raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result,
the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to the fuel
pump to raise the injection pressure.
C
D
P0628 Fuel pump control circuit ECM detects a control circuit for the fuel pump is Harness or connectors
0628 low input open or short to ground. (The fuel pump circuit is open or
E
P0629 Fuel pump control circuit ECM detects a control circuit for the fuel pump is shorted.)
0629 high input short to power. Fuel pump
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000002978214 F
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at G
2. Let engine idle for at least 5 seconds. H
3. Check DTC.
I

MBWA2117E

DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
A
The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses. EC
P0642 Sensor power supply cir- ECM detects a voltage of power source for sen- Harness or connectors C
0642 cuit low sor is excessively low. (The APP sensor 1 power supply cir-
cuit is shorted.)
P0643 Sensor power supply cir- ECM detects a voltage of power source for Sen- Accelerator pedal position sensor
0643 cuit high sor is excessively high. (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) D
NOTE: E
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. F
2. Check DTC.
G

TBWB1352E

A
The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses. EC
P0652 Sensor power supply cir- ECM detects a voltage of power source Harness or connectors C
0652 cuit low for sensor is excessively low. (APP sensor 2 power supply circuit is shorted.)
(Crankshaft position sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Camshaft position sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) D
(Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is shorted.)
P0653 Sensor power supply cir- ECM detects a voltage of power source Accelerator pedal position sensor
0653 cuit high for sensor is excessively high. (APP sensor 2) E
Refrigerant pressure sensor F

G
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. H
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items. I

TBWB1353E

DTC P0668, P0669 ECM
A

MBIB0625E E
F
P0668 ECM internal temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
0668 sensor circuit low input sent to ECM. G
ECM
P0669 ECM internal temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
0669 sensor circuit high input sent to ECM.
H
NOTE:
2. Wait at least 5 seconds. J
K

DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
P0686 ECM detects ECM relay is stuck closed even if ig-
ECM relay circuit (The ECM relay circuit is shorted.)
0686 nition switch OFF.
ECM relay
NOTE:
1. Turn ignition switch ON and then turn OFF.
4. Check DTC.

DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
EC
MBWA2118E

DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT
The malfunction information related to TCS is transferred through the CAN communication line from ABS
actuator and electric unit (control unit) to ECM.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control
P1211 ECM receives a malfunction information from unit)
TCS control unit
1211 ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). (Refer to BRC-14, "Self-Diagnosis")
TCS related parts
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
A
NOTE: EC
If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-222.
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse
signals are exchanged between ECM and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). C
D

E
(The CAN communication line is open F
or shorted.)
ECM can not receive the information from ABS (Refer to LAN-40, "CAN System
P1212
TCS communication line actuator and electric unit (control unit) continu- Specification Chart")
1212
ously. ABS actuator and electric unit (control G
unit)
(Refer to BRC-14, "Self-Diagnosis")
Dead (Weak) battery
H
NOTE: I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. J
2. Check DTC.
K

The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration.
needs.
PBIB0465E
The valve built into No. 1 cylinder fuel injector is not
P1268
No. 1 cylinder fuel injector closed properly (stuck open) when the injector is not
1268
energized.
P1269 Harness or connectors
1269 (The fuel injector circuit is open
energized.
or shorted.)
The valve built into No. 3 cylinder fuel injector is not Injector adjustment value
P1270
No. 3 cylinder fuel injector closed properly (stuck open) when the injector is not Fuel injector
1270
energized.
P1271
1271
energized.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driv-
ing.
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
2. Check DTC.
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 60 seconds.
CKPSRPM 700 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained)

COOLAN TEMP/S Less than 75C (167F)
Accelerator pedal Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
5. Check DTC.

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes. A
2. Check DTC.
EC
4. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 70 (engine coolant temperature sensor signal) and ground.
5. Restart engine and drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 60 seconds.
C
Engine speed 700 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained)

Voltage between ECM D
More than 0.6V
terminal 70 and ground
Accelerator pedal Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. E
6. Check DTC.
F

TBWB1342E

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
A
When the fuel pressure in fuel rail increases to excessively high, fuel EC
pressure relief valve (1) opens to carry excess fuel to the return
hose.
: Vehicle front
Fuel rail (2) C
MBIB1199E E

NOTE:
G
(Fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.)
H
Fuel rail pressure relief valve is open be-
P1272 Fuel rail pressure relief Fuel pump
cause of fuel pressure control system mal-
1272 valve open Fuel rail pressure sensor
function.
Air mixed with fuel I
Lack of fuel
J
NOTE:
K
1. Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4,000 rpm for at least 5 seconds, then release the acceler-
ator pedal.
2. Check DTC. L

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
MBWA2117E

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
A
amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel pump increases, the fuel raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result,
C

NOTE: D
E
(The fuel pump circuit is open or F
shorted.)
P1273 Fuel pump
Fuel pump insufficient flow ECM detects the abnormal pulse of fuel pressure.
1273 Injector adjustment value
Air mixed with fuel G
Lack of fuel

H
NOTE:
2. Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 10 seconds. J
3. Check DTC.
K

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
MBWA2117E

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
A
C
NOTE:
If DTC P1274 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652 D
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause E
(The fuel pump circuit is open or
P1274 Fuel pressure is too much higher than the target
Fuel pump protection shorted.) F
1274 value.
Fuel pump
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000002978245 G
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at H
1. Start engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC. I

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
MBWA2117E

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
A
the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to fuel
C
NOTE:
If DTC P1275 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652 D
(The fuel pump circuit is open or
P1275 Fuel pressure is too much higher than the target
Fuel pump exchange shorted.) F
1275 value.
Fuel pump
NOTE:
2. Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 60 seconds. I
3. Check DTC.
J

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
MBWA2117E

DTC P1622 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE
A
Injector adjustment value indicates manufacturing tolerance and the value is printed on the top of fuel injec- EC
tor.The injector adjustment value which is correctly stored in ECM is needed for precise fuel injection control.
A performance of emission control and a drivability may effect when there is a mismatch between the following
two values.
The injector adjustment value stored in ECM C
The injector adjustment value of the fuel injector which is installed on the vehicle
MBIB1251E
G
Example: Injector adjustment value = D021ABCD1A061234000000000000E6

H
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause I
Injector adjustment value
P1622 Injector adjustment value (Injector adjustment value has not
Injector adjustment value is not stored in ECM.
1622 data uninput been written onto ECM memory yet,
or the value has been initialized.)
J
K
NOTE:
L
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items. M

Injector adjustment value indicates manufacturing tolerance and the value is printed on the top of fuel injec-
two values.
The injector adjustment value stored in ECM
MBIB1251E
CONSULT-III communication status
(The status of CONSULT-III communica-
P1623 Injector adjustment value ECM detects the abnormal value of injector
tion becomes improper during Injector
1623 data error adjustment value.
Adjustment Value Registration.)
ECM
NOTE:
This DTC is not detected when injector adjustment value (not correct but existent) is stored in ECM.
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

A

C
PBIB1741E E

NOTE:
If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0642 or P0643. Refer to EC-287.
G
If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause H
Accelerator pedal position
P2135 The correlation between APP sensor 1 signal and (The APP sensor circuit is open or
sensor 1, 2 signal correla-
2135 APP sensor 2 signal is out of the normal range. shorted.) I
tion

J
NOTE:
2. Depress accelerator pedal slowly spending 5 seconds, and then release it slowly spending 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC. L

TBWB1355E

DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY
A
needs. D
PBIB0465E E
F
No. 1 and 4 cylinder fuel in-
P2146 An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
jector power supply circuit G
2146 through No. 1 and 4 cylinder fuel injector.
open Harness or connectors
No. 2 and 3 cylinder fuel in- (The fuel injector circuit is open.)
P2149 An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
jector power supply circuit
2149 through No. 2 and 3 cylinder fuel injector. H
open
I
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. J
TESTING CONDITION
K
2. Check DTC.
L

TBWB1356E

DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
A
needs. D
PBIB0465E E
F
P2147 Fuel injector circuit low in- ECM detects the fuel injector circuit is shorted to
2147 put ground. Harness or connectors G
P2148 Fuel injector circuit high in- ECM detects the fuel injector circuit is shorted to (The fuel injector circuit is shorted.)
2148 put power.
H
NOTE:
2. Check DTC. J

TBWB1342E

DTC P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR
A
The barometric pressure sensor is built into ECM. The sensor EC

detects ambient barometric pressure and sends the voltage signal to
the microcomputer.
C
MBIB0625E E
The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses. F
P2228 Barometric pressure sen- An excessively low voltage from the barometric G
2228 sor circuit low input pressure sensor (built-into ECM) is sent to ECM.
ECM
P2229 Barometric pressure sen- An excessively high voltage from the barometric
2228 sor circuit high input pressure sensor (built-into ECM) is sent to ECM. H
NOTE: I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. J
2. Check DTC.
K

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
TBWB1357E

EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM
EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM
A
EC
P
TBWB1358E

TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
TBWB1359E

INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
EC
P
TBWB1360E

TBWB1361E

BRAKE SWITCH
BRAKE SWITCH
A
EC
P
MBWA2119E

PNP SWITCH
PNP SWITCH
MBWA2120E

START SIGNAL
START SIGNAL
A
EC
P
MBWA2121E

ASCD INDICATOR
ASCD INDICATOR
MBWA2122E

A
EC
P
MBWA2123E

General Specification INFOID:0000000002978280
A/T No load* (in P or N position)

Target idle speed 75025 rpm
M/T No load* (in Neutral position)
A/T In P or N position 750 rpm or more
Air conditioner: ON
M/T In Neutral position 800 rpm or more
Maximum engine speed 4,900 rpm
Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000002978281

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4V
Idle (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8V*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.

25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 0.283 - 0.359

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000002978284
Supply voltage Approximately 5V

Idle (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.7V
2,000 rpm (Engine is warmed up to normal operating tempera-
1.7 - 2.0V
ture.)
Resistance [at 10 - 60C (50 - 140F)] 0.3 - 0.6
Glow Plug INFOID:0000000002978286
Resistance [at 25C (77F)] Approximately 0.8

EGR Volume Control Valve INFOID:0000000002978287
Resistance [at 25C (77F)] 13 - 17

EC
Resistance [at 10 - 60C (50 - 140F)] 1.5 - 3.0 C

APPLICATION NOTICE
SERVICE INFORMATION
APPLICATION NOTICE
How to Check Vehicle Type INFOID:0000000003339414
YD ENGINE MODEL
Check the vehicle type (refer to GI-41 ) to confirm the service information in EC section. They are distin-
guished each other by the engine room appearance.
Service information Remarks

Without EGR volume control valve.
With vacuum control throttle ac-

YD TYPE 1 tuator (1) and step motor type
EGR volume control valve (2).
MBIB1800E
With electric control throttle actu-

YD TYPE 2 ator (1) and DC motor type EGR
volume control valve (2).
MBIB1750E

INDEX FOR DTC
INDEX FOR DTC
A
U1000 INFOID:0000000003288036
EC
DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-III Reference page
3 (CONSULT-III screen item)
ECM*
GST*2 C
U1000 1000*4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-387
*1: 1st trip DTC No. and 2nd trip DTC No. are the same as DTC No.
D
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
E
P0016 - P0113 INFOID:0000000003288037
F
DTC*1
Items
ECM*
GST*2 G
P0016 0016 CMP/CKP RELATION EC-389
P0045 0045 TC BOOST SOL/CIRC EC-390
H
P0088 0088 HIGH FUEL PRESS EC-392
P0093 0093 FUEL LEAK EC-394 I
P0101 0101 MAF SENSOR EC-395
J

K
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). L
P0117 - P0123 INFOID:0000000003288038
M
DTC*1
Items
2 ECM*3 N
GST*
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-401
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-401
O
*1: 1st trip DTC No. and 2nd trip DTC No. are the same as DTC No. P

INDEX FOR DTC
P0182 - P0217 INFOID:0000000003288039
DTC*1
Items
ECM*
GST*2
P0200 0200 INJECTOR EC-409
P0217 0217 ENG OVER TEMP EC-413 or EC-418
P0222 - P0380 INFOID:0000000003288040
DTC*1
Items
2 ECM*
GST*
P0234 0234 TC SYSTEM EC-422
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-426
P0336 0336 CKP SENSOR EC-428
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-430
P0341 0341 CMP SENSOR EC-432
P0380 0380 GLOW RELAY EC-434
P0403 - P0409 INFOID:0000000003288041
DTC*1
Items
2 ECM*3
GST*
P0403 0403 EGR SYSTEM EC-436
P0405 0405 EGR SENSOR EC-439
P0406 0406 EGR SENSOR EC-439

INDEX FOR DTC
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-6. A
P0488 - P0581 INFOID:0000000003288042

EC
DTC*1
Items C
ECM*3
GST*2
D
P0503 0503 VEHICLE SPEED EC-450 E
P0504 0504 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT EC-451
P0563 0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE EC-454
F
*1: 1st trip DTC No. and 2nd trip DTC No. are the same as DTC No. G
H
P0605 - P0686 INFOID:0000000003288043
DTC*1 I
Items
2 ECM*3
GST*
J
P0605 0605 ECM EC-457
P0606 0606 ECM EC-458
P0628 0628 FUEL PUMP/CIRC EC-459 K
P0638 0638 ETC ACTR EC-461
L
P0652 0652 SENSOR PWR/CIRC2 EC-464 M
P0668 0668 ECM EC-466
P0669 0669 ECM EC-466 N
P0686 0686 ECM RELAY EC-467
O

INDEX FOR DTC
P0700 - P0745 INFOID:0000000003288044
DTC*1
Items
ECM*
GST*2
P0700 0700 TCM AT-76
P0705 0705 PNP SW/CIRC AT-77
P0710 0710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC AT-101
P0720 0720 VEH SPD SE/CIR A/T AT-81
P0725 0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG AT-84
P0731 0731 A/T 1ST GR FNCTN AT-85
P0732 0732 A/T 2ND GR FNCTN AT-87
P0733 0733 A/T 3RD GR FNCTN AT-89
P0740 0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC AT-95
P0744 0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN AT-97
P0745 0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC AT-99
P1211 - P1275 INFOID:0000000003288045
DTC*1
Items
2 ECM*3
GST*
P1211 1211 TCS C/U FUNCTN EC-469
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC EC-470
P1268 1268 INJECTOR 1 EC-471
P1269 1269 INJECTOR 2 EC-471
P1270 1270 INJECTOR 3 EC-471
P1271 1271 INJECTOR 4 EC-471
P1272 1272 FRP RELIEF VALVE EC-473

INDEX FOR DTC
P1610 - P1616 INFOID:0000000003288046
DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-III Reference page EC
ECM*
GST*2
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE BL-3
C
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM BL-3
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU BL-3
P1613 1613 ECM INT CIRC-IMMU BL-3 D
P1614 1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY BL-3
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY BL-3
P1616 1616 ECM BL-3
E
F
P1622 - P1757 INFOID:0000000003288047
DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-III Reference page H
ECM*3
GST*2
P1622 1622 INJ ADJ VAL UNRGST EC-481
P1623 1623 INJ ADJ VAL ERROR EC-482
I
P1705 1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T AT-100

P1716 1716 TURBINE REV S/CIRC AT-79 J
P1730 1730 A/T INTERLOCK AT-105
P1752 1752 I/C SOLENOID/CIRC AT-107
P1757 1757 FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC AT-109 K
L
P1762 - P2135 INFOID:0000000003288048
DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-III Reference page N
ECM*3
GST*2
P1762 1762 D/C SOLENOID/CIRC AT-111
P1767 1767 HLR/C SOL/CIRC AT-113 O
P1772 1772 LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC AT-115
P1774 1774 LC/B SOLENOID FNCT AT-116
P
P2118 2118 ETC MOT EC-483
P2119 2119 ETC ACTR EC-485
P2135 2135 APP SENSOR EC-486

INDEX FOR DTC
P2146 - P2622 INFOID:0000000003288049
DTC*1
Items
ECM*
GST*2
P2621 2621 TP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-493
P2622 2622 TP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-493

PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
A
EC
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SUPPLEMENTAL C
RESTRAINT SYSTEM and SEAT BELTS of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by D
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag E
Module, see the SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM.
F
ness connectors.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000003343510
G
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc.
H
J
PIIB3706J
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and A/T INFOID:0000000003288052
K
CAUTION: L
Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery negative cable before any repair
Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will M
Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock- N
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-46.
Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube O
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel system, etc.
Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM before returning the vehicle to the customer. P

PRECAUTIONS

running.
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect battery nega-
tive cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is
turned OFF.
connect battery negative cable.
SEF289H
MBIB0625E

with levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure.
PBIB1512E
When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin
Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam-
age to IC's.
Keep engine control system harness at least 10cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal-
SEF291H
of IC's, etc.

PRECAUTIONS
Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly. A
Refer to EC-368, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value".
EC
Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
incidents.
Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor, crankshaft C
position sensor.
MEF040D
After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC D
E
SAT652J G

the two tester probes to contact. H
I
ground.
Do not disassemble fuel pump. J
If NG, take proper action.
Do not disassemble fuel injector.
If NG, replace fuel injector. K
N
SEF348N
Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting. O

Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessar-
ily.
P
SEF709Y

PRECAUTIONS
observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic
control systems depending on installation location.
trol units.
from the harness of electronic controls.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standingwave
radio can be kept smaller.
SEF708Y

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
A
EC
Tool number
Description
Tool name
EG17650301 Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap and ra-
C
Radiator cap tester diator filler neck
adapter a: 28 (1.10) dia.
b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia. D
Unit: mm (in)
S-NT564
E
F
ture sensor G
S-NT705

Schematic INFOID:0000000003288056
JMBIA1090GB

A
When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed. EC

1. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-58, "ECM
Re-communicating Function".
2. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. C
3. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing.
4. Perform EGR Volume Control Valve Closed Position Learning Value Clear.
5. Perform EGR Volume Control Valve Closed Position Learning. D

Introduction INFOID:0000000003288074
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
Emission-related diagnostic information ISO Standard

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Service $03 of ISO 15031-5
Freeze Frame data Service $02 of ISO 15031-5
1st/2nd Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st/2nd Trip DTC) Service $07 of ISO 15031-5
Calibration ID Service $09 of ISO 15031-5
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
: Applicable : Not applicable
DTC 1st trip DTC 2nd trip DTC Freeze Frame data
CONSULT-III
GST
ECM * *
*: When DTC and 1st/2nd trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected
in three consecutive trips (Three trip detection logic).
Three Trip Detection Logic and One Trip Detection Logic INFOID:0000000003288075
On board diagnosis (OBD) system of this vehicle has Three Trip Detection Logic and One Trip Detection
Logic. For which logic each self-diagnosis corresponds with, refer to EC-342, "Emission-Related Diagnostic
Information".
Trip of Three Trip Detection Logic means a driving mode in which the self-diagnosis is performed while
driving.
THREE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. MIL does not illu-
minate at this stage. <1st trip>
When the same malfunction is detected again during the next driving, 2nd trip DTC is stored in the ECM mem-
ory and 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. MIL does not illuminate at this stage. <2nd trip>
When the same malfunction is detected again at the third driving, DTC and Freeze Frame Data are stored in
the ECM memory and 2nd trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. MIL illuminates at the same time when
DTC is stored. <3rd trip>
In other words, DTC and Freeze Frame Data are stored and MIL illuminates when the same malfunction
occurs in 3 consecutive trips.
This is called Three Trip Detection Logic.
ONE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, DTC and Freeze Frame Data are stored in the ECM memory
and MIL lights up. This is called One Trip Detection Logic. Some self-diagnoses will not illuminate MIL when
DTC is stored. (Refer to EC-342, "Emission-Related Diagnostic Information".) 1st/2nd trip DTC is not stored
for one trip detection logic.
Emission-Related Diagnostic Information INFOID:0000000003288076
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS

X: Applicable : Not applicable
DTC*1
A
Items MIL light-
CONSULT-III Trip Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen item) ing up
2 ECM*3
GST*
EC
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING C
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0016 0016 CMP/CKP RELATION 3 EC-389
P0045 0045 TC BOOST SOL/CIRC 3 EC-390 D
P0088 0088 HIGH FUEL PRESS 3 EC-392
P0089 0089 FUEL PUMP 3 EC-393
E
P0093 0093 FUEL LEAK 3 EC-394
P0101 0101 MAF SENSOR 3 EC-395
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT 3 EC-397 F
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT 3 EC-397
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT 3 EC-399
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT 3 EC-399 G
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT 3 EC-401
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT 3 EC-401
H
P0122 0122 APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT 1 EC-403
P0182 0182 FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC 3 EC-405 I
P0183 0183 FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC 3 EC-405
P0192 0192 FRP SEN/CIRC 3 EC-407
J
P0193 0193 FRP SEN/CIRC 3 EC-407
P0200 0200 INJECTOR 3 EC-409
P0201 0201 CYL1 INJECTOR 3 EC-410 K
P0202 0202 CYL2 INJECTOR 3 EC-410
L
P0217 0217 ENG OVER TEMP 1 EC-413 or EC-418
P0222 0222 APP SEN 2/CIRCUIT 1 EC-420 M
P0234 0234 TC SYSTEM 1 EC-422
P0237 0237 TC BOOST SEN/CIRC 3 EC-424 N
P0238 0238 TC BOOST SEN/CIRC 3 EC-424
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT 3 EC-426
O
P0336 0336 CKP SENSOR 3 EC-428
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRCUIT 3 EC-430
P0341 0341 CMP SENSOR 3 EC-432 P
P0380 0380 GLOW RELAY 3 EC-434
P0403 0403 EGR SYSTEM 3 EC-436
P0405 0405 EGR SENSOR 3 EC-439
P0406 0406 EGR SENSOR 3 EC-439

DTC*1
Items MIL light-
2 ECM*3
GST*
P0501 0501 VEHICLE SPEED 1 EC-448
P0504 0504 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT 1 EC-451
P0563 0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE 1 EC-454
P0580 0580 STRG SW/CIRC 1 EC-455
P0581 0581 STRG SW/CIRC 3 EC-455
P0605 0605 ECM 3 EC-457
P0606 0606 ECM 3 EC-458
P0628 0628 FUEL PUMP/CIRC 3 EC-461
P0629 0629 FUEL PUMP/CIRC 3 EC-461
P0638 0638 ETC ACTR 1 EC-461
P0642 0642 SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 3 EC-462
P0668 0668 ECM 3 EC-466
P0669 0669 ECM 3 EC-466
P0686 0686 ECM RELAY 1 EC-467
P0700 0700 A/T DIAG COMM LINE 1 AT-76
P0705 0705 PNP SW/CIRC 1 AT-77
P0710 0710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC 1 AT-101
P0720 0720 VEH SPD SE/CIR A/T 1 AT-81
P0725 0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG 1 AT-84
P0731 0731 A/T 1ST GR FNCTN 3 AT-85
P0732 0732 A/T 2ND GR FNCTN 3 AT-87
P0733 0733 A/T 3RD GR FNCTN 3 AT-89
P0734 0734 A/T 4TH GR FNCTN 3 AT-91
P0735 0735 A/T 5TH GR FNCTN 3 AT-93
P0740 0740 TCC SSOLENOID/CIRC 1 AT-95
P0744 0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN 1 AT-97
P0745 0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC 1 AT-99
P1211 1211 TCS C/U FUNCTN 1 EC-469
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC 1 EC-470
P1268 1268 INJECTOR 1 1 EC-471
P1269 1269 INJECTOR 2 1 EC-471
P1270 1270 INJECTOR 3 1 EC-471
P1271 1271 INJECTOR 4 1 EC-471
P1272 1272 FRP RELIEF VALVE 3 EC-473
P1273 1273 FUEL PUMP 3 EC-473
P1274 1274 FUEL PUMP 1 EC-473

DTC*1
Items MIL light- A
ECM*3
GST*2
P1275 1275 FUEL PUMP 1 EC-473 EC
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE 1 BL-3
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM 1 BL-3
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU 1 BL-3 C
P1613 1613 ECM INT CIRC-IMMU 1 BL-3
P1614 1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY 1 BL-3
D
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY 1 BL-3
P1616 1616 ECM 1 BL-3
P1622 1622 INJ ADJ VAL UNRGST 1 EC-481 E
P1623 1623 INJ ADJ VAL ERROR 1 EC-482
P1705 1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T 1 AT-100
F
P1716 1716 TURBINE REV S/CIRC 1 AT-79
P1730 1730 A/T INTERLOCK 1 AT-105
P1752 1752 I/C SOLENOID/CIRC 1 AT-107 G
P1757 1757 FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC 1 AT-109
P1762 1762 D/C SOLENOID/CIRC 1 AT-111
H
P1767 1767 HLR/C SOL/CIRC 1 AT-113
P1772 1772 LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC 1 AT-115
P1774 1774 LC/B SOLENOID FNCT 1 AT-116 I
P2118 2118 ETC MOT 3 EC-483
P2119 2119 ETC ACTR 1 EC-485
P2135 2135 APP SENSOR 1 EC-486 J
P2146 2146 INJ PWR/CIRC 3 EC-488
P2147 2147 INJECTOR/CIRC 3 EC-490
K
P2148 2148 INJECTOR/CIRC 3 EC-490
P2149 2149 INJ PWR/CIRC 3 EC-488
P2228 2228 BARO SEN/CIRC 3 EC-492 L
P2229 2229 BARO SEN/CIRC 3 EC-492
P2621 2621 TP SEN/CIRCUIT 3 EC-493
M
P2622 2622 TP SEN/CIRCUIT* 3 EC-493
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-6. N
DTC AND 1ST/2ND TRIP DTC O

The number of 1st/2nd trip DTC is the same as the number of DTC.
When a malfunction is detected during 1st trip, 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. MIL does not illumi-
nate at this time. When the same malfunction is detected in the next trip (2nd trip), 2nd trip DTC is stored in the P
ECM memory and 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. MIL does not illuminate at this time. In addi-
tion, DTC is stored in the ECM memory and MIL lights up when the same malfunction is detected during the
following consecutive trip (3rd trip).
The procedure for erasing DTC, 1st trip DTC, and 2nd trip DTC from the ECM memory is described in HOW
TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION.
For malfunctions in which 1st/2nd trip DTC are displayed, Refer to EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION ITEMS.

1st/2nd trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of ISO15031-5. 1st/2nd trip DTC detection occurs without lighting
up MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction.
When 1st/2nd trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down, and erase 1st/2nd trip DTC as specified
with step II of Work Flow, refer to EC-350, "Trouble Diagnosis Introduction". Then perform DTC Confirmation
Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is duplicated, it is
necessary to investigate the cause again.
How to Read DTC and 1st/2nd Trip DTC
DTC and 1st/2nd trip DTC can be read by the following procedures.
With CONSULT-III
With GST
CONSULT-III or GST (Generic Scan Tool): Examples: P0117, P0335, P1268, etc.
These numbers are prescribed by ISO 15031-6.
(CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning parts and systems.)
No Tools
The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC.
Example: 0117, 0335, 1268, etc.
These DTCs are controlled by NISSAN.
CONSULT-III displays for DTC and 1st/2nd trip DTC become the same.
The output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST and Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indi-
cate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to nor-
mal. CONSULT-III can identify the malfunction status. Therefore the use of CONSULT-III (If available)
is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-III display for DTC and 1st/2nd trip DTC is shown in the figure. DTC and 1st/2nd trip
DTC are displayed in the SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode of CONSULT-III.
TIME data shows how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of DTC or 1st/2nd trip DTC.
When DTC or 1st/2nd trip DTC has been detected currently, TIME becomes 0.
FREEZE FRAME DATA
ECM records driving conditions such as calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, engine speed,
vehicle speed, and intake manifold pressure at the moment a malfunction is detected.
The data stored together with DTC is called Freeze Frame Data, and is displayed on CONSULT-III or GST.
When 1st/2nd trip DTC is detected, Freeze Frame Data is not recorded.
Only a set of Freeze Frame Data can be stored in the ECM memory. When ECM records Freeze Frame Data,
and another Freeze Frame Data is generated after that, the first (original) Freeze Frame Data is not updated in
ECM and it remains.
When the DTC is erased from ECM memory, Freeze Frame Data is erased with DTC. The procedure for eras-
ing DTC is described in HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION.
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC
WITH CONSULT-III
NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-329), skip step 1.
1. Erase DTC in TCM. Refer to AT-19, "OBD Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)".
2. Select ENGINE with CONSULT-III.
3. Select SELF-DIAG RESULTS.
4. Touch ERASE. (DTC in ECM will be erased.)
WITH GST
NOTE:
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Select Service $04 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
NO TOOLS
NOTE:

seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. A
EC
hours.
- Diagnostic trouble codes C
- 2nd trip diagnostic trouble codes
- Freeze frame data D
OBD System Operation Chart INFOID:0000000003288079 E
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST/2ND TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
When the malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. F
When the same malfunction is detected during 2nd consecutive trip, 2nd trip DTC is stored and 1st trip DTC
is cleared.
When the same malfunction is detected during 3rd consecutive trip, DTC and Freeze Frame Data are stored
and MIL illuminates. Refer to EC-342, "Three Trip Detection Logic and One Trip Detection Logic" for G
details.1st/2nd trip DTC are cleared from the ECM memory.
MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 consecutive times with no malfunction (driving pattern A).
1st/2nd trip DTC, DTC, and Freeze Frame Data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 41 times (driving pat- H
tern B) without the same malfunction recurring. TIME data displayed in the SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode
of CONSULT-III shows the number of times the vehicle is driven without the same malfunction recurring.
SUMMARY CHART I
Items Trip Counter Driving Pattern

MIL (goes off) 3 2 A J
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (clear) 41 40 B
1st/2nd Trip DTC (clear) 41 40 B
K
Refer to RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST/ 2NDTRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS for details of pattern A and B.
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST/ 2NDTRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS
L

JMBIA0957GB
*1: CONSULT-III displays for DTC and *2: 1st/2nd trip DTC becomes the same *3: When the same malfunction is de-
1st/2nd trip DTC become the same. display in mode7 of GST. tected in three consecutive trips, MIL
will light up.
*4: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven 3 *5: When the malfunction is detected for *6: When the same malfunction is de-
times (pattern A) without any mal- the first time, 1st trip DTC is stored in tected during 2nd consecutive trip,
functions. the ECM memory. 2nd trip DTC is stored and 1st trip
DTC is cleared.
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: The DTC and the freeze frame data
tected during 3rd consecutive trip, will not be displayed any longer after
DTC and Freeze Frame Data are vehicle is driven 41 times (pattern B)
stored. without the same malfunction.
<Driving Pattern A>

Driving pattern A means the vehicle operation as follows:
Engine speed should go over 500 rpm at least 5 seconds and the DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed.
The A counter will be cleared when the same malfunction is detected.
The A counter will be counted up when the same malfunction is not detected.
The MIL will go off when the A counter reaches 3.
<Driving Pattern B>

Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
Driving pattern A and (1)-(3) are satisfied. A
EC
PBIB2049E D
The B counter will be cleared when the same malfunction is detected.
The B counter will be counted up when the same malfunction is not detected.
The DTC will not be displayed after the B counter reaches 40.
E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel injec-
tion control, fuel injection timing control, glow control system, etc.
The ECM accepts input signals from sensors and instantly actuators.
It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and sta-
ble. At the same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions
such as vacuum leaks, or other malfunctions with the engine.
MEF036D
It is much more difficult to diagnose a malfunction that occurs inter-

mittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent malfunctions are
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace-
ment of good parts.
SEF233G
test with CONSULT-III (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the WORK FLOW.
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
on next page should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional incidents first. This
will help troubleshoot driveability incidents on an electronically con-
SEF234G
trolled engine vehicle.
WORK FLOW

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
PBIB2218E
P
*1 If time data of SELF-DIAG RE- *2 If the incident cannot be verified, per- *3 If the on board diagnostic system
SULTS is other than 0, perform form EC-380. cannot be performed, check main
EC-380. power supply and ground circuit. Re-
fer to EC-381.
*4 If malfunctioning part cannot be de-
tected, perform EC-380.
Description for Work Flow

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
STEP DESCRIPTION
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the DI-
STEP I
AGNOSTIC WORK SHEET.
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-III or GST) the (1st/2nd trip) DTC and
the freeze frame data (When 1st/2nd trip DTC is detected, Freeze Frame Data is not recorded.), then erase the DTC
and the data. (Refer to EC-342, "Emission-Related Diagnostic Information".) The (1st/2nd trip) DTC and the freeze
frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
STEP II
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st/2nd trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the custom-
er. (The Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. See EC-357, "Symptom Matrix Chart".)
Also check related service bulletins for information.
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-III
STEP III to the vehicle and check real time diagnosis results.
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
Try to detect the (1st/2nd trip) DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the
(1st/2nd trip) DTC and freeze frame data by using CONSULT-III or GST.
STEP IV
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The (1st/2nd
trip) DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative.
The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the (1st/2nd trip) DTC detection.
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX.
STEP V
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-354, "Basic Inspection".) Then per-
form inspections according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-357, "Symptom Matrix Chart".)
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-
III. Refer to EC-368, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value", EC-376, "CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode".
STEP VI
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspec-
tion is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to Circuit Inspection in GI-23,
"How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident".
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-380.
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident is
STEP VII
still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a method different from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st/2nd trip) DTC in
ECM. (Refer to EC-342, "Emission-Related Diagnostic Information".)
DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET

engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one shown below in order to
organize all the information for troubleshooting.
SEF907L

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Worksheet Sample
A
EC
L
MTBL0533
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000003288081 M
chart.
N

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

1 U1000 CAN communication line
P0016 Crankshaft position - camshaft position correlation
P0101 P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor
P0112 P0113 Intake air temperature sensor
P0182 P0183 Fuel pump temperature sensor
P0192 P0193 Fuel rail pressure sensor
P0237 P0238 Turbocharger boost sensor
P0335 P0336 Crankshaft position sensor
P0340 P0341 Camshaft position sensor
P0563 Battery voltage
P0605 P0606 P0668 P0669 ECM
P0642 P0643 P0652 P0653 Sensor power supply
P0700 TCM
P0705 Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
P1610 - P1616 NATS
P1622 P1623 Injector adjustment value
P2228 P2229 Barometric pressure sensor
P2621 P2622 Throttle position sensor
2 P0045 Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
P0089 P0628 P0629 P1272 - P1275 Fuel pump
P0200 - P0204 P1268 - P1271 P2146 - P2149 Fuel injector
P0380 Glow relay
P0405 P0406 EGR volume control valve control position sensor
P0686 ECM relay
P0710 P0720 P0725 P0731 P0732 P0733 P1734 P0735 P0740 P0744 P0745 P1705 P1716 P1730 P1752 P1757
P1762 P1767 P1772 P1774 A/T related sensors, solenoid valves and switches
P1212 TCS communication line
P21118 P2119 Electric throttle control actuator
3 P0088 P0093 Fuel system
P0234 Turbocharger system
P0403 P0409 P0488 EGR function
P0501 P0502 P0503 ASCD vehicle speed sensor
P0580 P0581 ASCD steering switch
P0638 Electric throttle control actuator function
P1211 TCS control unit
Precaution:
Perform Basic Inspection without electrical or mechanical loads applied;
Headlamp switch is OFF.
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, set lighting switch to the 1st position to light only
small lamps.
Air conditioner switch is OFF.
Rear defogger switch is OFF.
Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction.
2. Check the current need for scheduled maintenance, especially for fuel filter and air cleaner filter. Refer to
MA-8, "Periodic Maintenance".
3. Open engine hood and check the following:
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, or improper connections

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
- Wiring for improper connections, pinches, or cuts
4. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera- A
ture.
>> GO TO 2. EC
SEF142I
2.PREPARATION FOR CHECKING IDLE SPEED D
With CONSULT-III
Connect CONSULT-III to the data link connector. E
Without CONSULT-III
Install diesel tacho tester to the vehicle.
F
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK IDLE SPEED
G
With CONSULT-III
2. Read idle speed. H
I
Without CONSULT-III
Read idle speed.
J
OK or NG K
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK L
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 5.
5.BLEED AIR FROM FUEL SYSTEM N
1. Stop engine.
2. Use priming pump to bleed air from fuel system. Refer to MA-31, "Air Bleeding".
O
>> GO TO 6.
P
With CONSULT-III
3. Read idle speed.


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Without CONSULT-III
Read idle speed.

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 7.
7.DRAIN WATER FROM FUEL FILTER
Drain water from fuel filter. Refer to MA-32, "Draining Water from Fuel Filter".
>> GO TO 8.
With CONSULT-III
3. Read idle speed.

Without CONSULT-III
Read idle speed.

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK AIR CLEANER FILTER
Check air cleaner filter for clogging or breaks.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace air cleaner filter.
10.CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE
Check battery voltage.
Voltage: More than 12.13V

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK BATTERY
Refer to SC-4.
OK or NG
OK >> Check charging system. Refer to SC-16.
12.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-177, "On-Vehicle Service".
OK or NG

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Follow the instruction of CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE. A
With CONSULT-III EC
3. Read idle speed.
C
D
Without CONSULT-III
Read idle speed.
E
OK or NG F
NG >> 1. Replace fuel injector.
2. GO TO 3. G
H
SYMPTOM
HARD/NO START/RESTART
J
ENGINE STALL
(EXCP. HA)
K
L
M
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
N
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
LOW IDLE
O
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
P
Fuel pump 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Fuel injector 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 3
Glow control system 1 1 1 1 1
Engine body 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3
EGR system 3 3

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM
ENGINE STALL
(EXCP. HA)

WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
Air cleaner and duct 3 3
Electric throttle control actuator 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1
Fuel rail pressure relief valve 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Fuel pump circuit 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Fuel filter 1 1 1 1 1
Fuel injector adjustment value 1 1 1 1
ENGINE CONTROL
Engine coolant temperature circuit 1 1 1 1 1

Vehicle speed signal circuit 1
Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit 1 1 1 1 1
Crankshaft position sensor circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Camshaft position sensor circuit 3 3 3
Turbocharger boost sensor circuit 1 1 1
Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve circuit 1 1 1
Start signal circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Ignition switch circuit 1 1 1 1

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM
A
EC
ENGINE STALL
(EXCP. HA)
C

E

WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
F
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
G
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
H

Power supply for ECM circuit 1 1 1 1 I
ENGINE CONTROL

Glow relay circuit 1 1 1 1
Throttle position sensor circuit
J
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 2 2 3 3

ECM relay (Self-shutoff) circuit 1 1 1 1
K
ECM 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) 1
1 - 5: The numbers refer to the order of inspection. L
*: If so equipped.
M

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
BLACK SMOKE
WHITE SMOKE
Fuel pump 5 5 5 5 5 1 1
Fuel injector 3 3 3 4 4 4 1 1
Glow control system 1
Engine body 3 3 3 3 1 3
EGR system 3
Air cleaner and duct 3
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1
Fuel rail pressure relief valve 3 3 3 3 3 1 1
Fuel pump circuit 4 4 4 4 1 1
Fuel filter 1
Fuel injector adjustment value 1 1 1 1 1 1
ENGINE CONTROL
Engine coolant temperature circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1

Vehicle speed signal circuit 1 1
Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit 1 1 1
Crankshaft position sensor circuit 1 1 1 1
Turbocharger boost sensor circuit 1 1
Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve circuit 1 1
Start signal circuit
Ignition switch circuit

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM
A

EC

C



D
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
E
BLACK SMOKE
WHITE SMOKE
F

Power supply for ECM circuit 1 1
G
ENGINE CONTROL
Cooling fan relay circuit* 2

Glow relay circuit 1 H
Throttle position sensor circuit 1 1
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 3 4
ECM relay (Self-shutoff) circuit 1 I
ECM 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) 1
J
*: If so equipped.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
JMBIA1094ZZ
1. ECM 2. Glow relay 3. Turbocharger boost sensor

4. Refrigerant pressure sensor 5. Electric throttle control actuator 6. Fuel pump
7. Cooling fan motor 8. Turbocharger boost control solenoid 9. Mass air flow sensor
(If so equipped) valve
10. Turbocharger boost control actuator 11. Camshaft position sensor 12. Glow plug
13. Fuel injector 14. Fuel rail pressure relief valve 15. Fuel rail pressure sensor
16. Fuel filter 17. EGR volume control valve 18. Engine coolant temperature sensor
19. IPDM E/R

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
L
MBIB1775E
1. Fuel pump temperature sensor 2. Fuel pump 3. Fuel rail pressure relief valve M
4. Fuel rail 5. EGR volume control valve 6. Engine coolant temperature sensor
7. Fuel rail pressure sensor 8. Camshaft position sensor 9. Refrigerant pressure sensor
: Vehicle front N

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
MBIB1776E
1. Glow relay 2. ECM 3. Crankshaft position sensor

4. Turbocharger boost sensor 5. Stop lamp switch 6. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(View with front grill removed)
: Vehicle front

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
JMBIA1095ZZ
K
1. Turbocharger boost control solenoid 2. Turbocharger boost control actuator 3. PNP switch (M/T)
valve (View from under the vehicle) L
(View with air cleaner upper case re-
moved)
4. ASCD steering switch 5. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch 6. SET/COAST switch
M
7. MAIN switch 8. CANSEL switch
: Vehicle front
JMBIA1096ZZ
1. EGR volume control valve 2. Electric throttle control actuator 3. Fuel filter
4. Drain cock 5. Priming pump
: Vehicle front

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
MBWA2124E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
O
MBWA2125E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
PBIB3368E
PREPARATION
1. ECM is located in the engine room passenger side behind the
engine coolant reservoir tank.
2. Remove ECM harness protector.
BBIA0537E
3. When disconnecting ECM harness connector, loosen it with

4. Connect a break-out box and Y-cable adapter between the ECM
and ECM harness connector.
Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
PBIB1512E


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Wire color) Condition
(Approx.)
+ Signal name
1 EC
(B)
2
ECM ground
(B)
3 C
(B)
Approximately 7.5V
[Engine is running] D
Warm-up condition
4 Fuel injector power supply Idle speed
(L/W) (For cylinder No. 1 and 4) NOTE:
E
rpm at idle
114 MBIB1295E
(B) F
Approximately 8.0V
[Engine is running] G
5 Fuel injector power supply
Warm-up condition
(O/L) (For cylinder No. 2 and 3)
H
MBIB1296E
Approximately 6.3V
I
[Engine is running]
6 114 Turbocharger boost control sole-
Warm-up condition
(O) (B) noid valve
Idle speed J
MBIB0889E
K
Approximately 8.6V
[Engine is running]
L
Warm-up condition
M
MBIB0890E
1.0 - 2.0V
(Periodically changes)
N
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EGR volume control valve (Close) O
(R/L) (B) For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF.
P
MBIB1783E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ Signal name
1.0 - 2.0V
(Periodically changes)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EGR volume control valve (Open)
(L/Y) (B) For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF.
MBIB1783E
Approximately 5.8V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
MBIB0885E
10 114
Fuel pump
(G) (B)
Approximately 5.5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
MBIB0886E
Fuel injector No. 2
(R/W)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
22 NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 2 The pulse cycle changes depending on
(R/B)
rpm at idle
114 MBIB1297E
(B)
Fuel injector No. 3
(O/B)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Fuel injector No. 3
(O)
MBIB1298E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Wire color) Condition A
(Approx.)
+ Signal name
Approximately 0.3V
EC
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed C
MBIB0887E
29 114 D
Fuel pump
(B) (B)
Approximately 0.3V
[Engine is running] E
Warm-up condition
F
MBIB0888E
37 114
Glow relay Refer to EC-434.
(L) (B) G
Fuel injector No. 4
(LG/R)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition H
Idle speed
NOTE:
41 The pulse cycle changes depending on
Fuel injector No. 4
(LG/B) rpm at idle I
114 MBIB1297E
(B)
42 J
(L/R)
[Engine is running]
K
Warm-up condition
Fuel injector No. 1
(L/B)
L
MBIB1298E
45 114 Camshaft position sensor power

[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V M
(L/O) (B) supply
Approximately 3.5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
N
Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on O
rpm at idle
MBIB0879E
46 114
(R) (B)
Approximately 3.5V P
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
MBIB0880E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ Signal name
Approximately 4.7V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
NOTE:
rpm at idle
MBIB0877E
47 114
(L/Y) (B)
Approximately 4.7V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
MBIB0878E
[Engine is running]
48 Warm-up condition 1.4 - 1.7V
(L) 68 Idle speed
49 (L/R) [Engine is running]
(L) Warm-up condition 1.7 - 2.0V
50 69 [Engine is running]
Fuel pump temperature sensor Output voltage varies with fuel
(BR) (B) Warm-up condition
pump temperature
51 70 Engine coolant temperature sen- [Engine is running]
Output voltage varies with engine
(B/R) (R/L) sor Warm-up condition
coolant temperature
[Engine is running]
52 71 Idle speed
(SB) (P) [Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
Refrigerant pressure sensor 1.0 - 4.0V
(W) (BR) Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON
[Engine is running]
54 73 Idle speed
(G) (B)
[Engine is running] 1.4 - 1.8V to Approximately 4.0V
Warm-up condition (Check for liner voltage rise in re-
Engine is revving from idle to about sponse to engine being increased
4,000 rpm. to about 4,000 rpm)
55 74 [Engine is running]
Intake air temperature sensor Output voltage varies with intake
(W) (R) Warm-up condition
air temperature
63 68 Fuel rail pressure sensor power
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(L/W) (L/R) supply

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ Signal name
Sensor power supply
64 71 (Turbocharger boost sensor / EC
(G/W) (P) Throttle position sensor / Refriger-
ant pressure sensor)
65 C
Crankshaft position sensor ground
(B)
66
Camshaft position sensor ground
(W/L) D
Sensor ground
67
(Sensor shield circuit)
68 E
Fuel rail pressure sensor ground
(L/R)
69 Fuel pump temperature sensor

(B) ground
F
70 Engine coolant temperature sen-

(R/L) sor ground
71 Turbocharger boost sensor
G
(P) ground
Sensor ground
72
(Throttle position sensor / Refrig-
(BR) H
erant pressure sensor)
73
Mass air flow sensor ground
(B)
74 Intake air temperature sensor
I

(R) ground
77 EGR volume control valve control
J
(B/R) position sensor ground
Voltage should fluctuates be-
81 77 EGR volume control valve control Warm-up condition
tween 0.5 and 2.5V, then drop to
(V) (B/R) position sensor For a few seconds after turning ignition K
0V.
switch OFF.
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position sensor L
82 84
1 / Crankshaft position sensor / [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(W) (R)
EGR volume control valve control
position sensor)
[Ignition switch ON] M
83 84 Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal: Fully released
(B) (R) 1 [Ignition switch ON] N
84 Accelerator pedal position sensor
O
(R) 1 ground
86 72
Throttle position sensor [Ignition switch ON] 3.35 - 4.55V
(O) (BR)
P
87
(P)
89 114
Data link connector
(SB) (B)
90 92 Accelerator pedal position sensor
(W) (O) 2 power supply

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ Signal name
91 92 Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal: Fully released
(W/L) (O) 2 [Ignition switch ON]
92 Accelerator pedal position sensor

(O) 2 ground
95
(L)
99 [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0V

114
(BR/ Start signal BATTERY VOLTAGE
(B) [Ignition switch START]
W) (11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
100 114 Brake pedal: Fully released
Stop lamp switch
(Y) (B) [Ignition switch OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
101 114 Fully released (M/T)
ASCD brake switch*
(LG) (B) [Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V
Approximately 4.0V
Approximately 0V
MAIN switch: Pressed
102 103 Approximately 1.0V
ASCD steering switch* CANCEL switch: Pressed
(SB) (B)
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Approximately 3.0V
Pressed
Approximately 2.0V
103
ASCD steering switch ground*
(B/W)
0 - 1.0V
105 114 switch OFF
(W/B) (B)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
More than a few seconds after turning
(11 - 14V)
ignition switch OFF
107
(W/L) 114 BATTERY VOLTAGE
108 (B) (11 - 14V)
(W/L)
Approximately 0V
110 114 Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
Park/Neutral position switch
(O) (B) [Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Except the above position (11 - 14V)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ Signal name
[Ignition switch OFF] EC
0 - 1.0V
113 114 switch OFF
(W/B) (B)
[Ignition switch OFF] C
BATTERY VOLTAGE
More than a few seconds after turning
(11 - 14V)
ignition switch OFF
114 D
ECM ground
(B)
[Engine is running]
116 114 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Throttle control motor (Open) Warm-up condition
(W/R) (B) (11 - 14V) E
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
118 114 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Throttle control motor (Close) Warm-up condition
(B/Y) (B) (11 - 14V)
Idle speed F
119
120 (B) (11 - 14V) G
(R/L)
(R/W) (B) (Back-up) (11 - 14V)
H
*: If so equipped.
I
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function INFOID:0000000003288091
DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with ISO 15031-4 J
has 7 different functions explained below.
ISO9141 is used as the protocol.
The name GST or Generic Scan Tool is used in this service man- K
ual.
M
SEF139P
FUNCTION
N
Diagnostic test mode Function
This diagnostic service gains access to current emission-related data values, including an-
Service $01 READINESS TESTS
alog inputs and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
O
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by
Service $02 (FREEZE DATA) ECM during the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-342, "Emission-Related Diagnostic
Information".
P
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which
Service $03 DTCs
were stored by ECM.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Diagnostic test mode Function
This diagnostic service can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This in-
cludes:
Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (Service $01)
Clear diagnostic trouble codes (Service $03)
Service $04 CLEAR DIAG INFO
Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (Service $01)
Clear freeze frame data (Service $02)
Reset status of system monitoring test (Service $01)
Clear on board monitoring test results (Service $07)
Service $06 (ON BOARD TESTS) This diagnostic service is not applicable on this vehicle.
This diagnostic service enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-
Service $07 (ON BOARD TESTS) related powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal
driving conditions.
This diagnostic service enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle infor-
Service $09 (CALIBRATION ID)
mation such as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
2. Connect GST to data link connector, which is located under
drivers side dash panel near the fuse box cover.
BBIA0538E
4. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in

the operation manual.
(*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are
shown.)
SEF398S
5. Perform each diagnostic mode according to each service proce-

dure.
For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of the
tool maker.
SEF416S
Remarks:

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION A
Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer in- Almost the same speed as the ta-
CKPS-RPM (TDC)
dication. chometer indication
COOLAN TEMP/S Engine: After warming up More than 70C (158F) EC
Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speed- Almost the same speed as the speed-
VHCL SPEED SE
ometer indication ometer indication
FUEL TEMP SEN Engine: After warming up More than 40C (104F) C
ACCEL POS SEN*1 (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 4.3V
D
ACCEL SEN 2*1 (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 2.0V
Engine: After warming up Idle 25 - 35 MPa E
ACT CR PRESS
Shift lever: Neutral position 2,000 rpm 40 - 50 MPa
No load
F
BATTERY VOLT Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V
Shift lever:
ON
P/N POSI SW Ignition switch: ON P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
G
Except above OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF H
Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF I
IGN SW Ignition switch: ON OFF ON OFF
J
Ignition switch: ON
Approximately 0.4V
(Engine stopped)
Air conditioner switch: OFF Idle 1.4 - 1.8V
K
MAS AIR/FL SE Shift lever:
1.4 - 1.8V to Approximately 4.0V
Engine is revving from idle to about (Check for liner voltage rise in re-
No load
4,000 rpm. sponse to engine being increased to
about 4,000 rpm) L
Engine: After warming up Idle 4.00 - 10.00 mm3/
TARGET F/INJ Shift lever: M
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 6.00 - 12.00 mm3/
No load
Engine: After warming up No load 0.50 - 0.70 msec
N
Shift lever:
MAIN INJ WID Blower fan switch: ON
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 0.50 - 0.80 msec
Idle speed Rear window defogger switch: ON
Engine: After warming up O

TARG INJ TIMG Shift lever: Idle 1.0 - 1.0
No load
P
Engine: After warming up Idle 1,600 - 2,000 mA
PUMP CURRENT Shift lever:
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 1,500 - 1,900 mA
No load
GLOW RLY Refer to EC-434.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
When cooling fan is stopped. OFF
COOLING FAN*2 When cooling fans operate at low speed. LOW
When cooling fans operate at high speed. HI
Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 66%
TC V/N CONT/V Shift lever:
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm Approx. 40%
No load
INT/A VOLUME Engine: After warming up, idle the engine 150 - 450 mg/
Altitude
Approx. 0m: Approx. 100.62 kPa
(1.0062 bar, 1.026 kg/cm2, 14.59 psi)
Approx. 1,000 m: Approx. 88.95 kPa
BARO SEN Ignition switch: ON (0.8895 bar, 0.907 kg/cm2, 12.90 psi)
(0.8316 bar, 0.848 kg/cm2, 12.06 psi)
(0.7836 bar, 0.799 kg/cm2, 11.36 psi)
Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 100 kPa
2,800 rpm Approx. 140 kPa
INT/M PRES SE Shift lever:
4,000 rpm Approx. 135 kPa
No load
Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with the Almost the same speed as the CON-
VHCL SPEED SE
CONSULT-III value. SULT-III value
CYL COUNT Engine is running 1342
The preset vehicle speed is dis-
SET VHCL SPD*2 Engine: Running ASCD: Operating.
played.
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has 0 - 65,535 km
TRVL AFTER MIL Ignition switch: ON
turned ON. (0 - 40,723 mile)
SET/COAST switch: Released OFF
SET SW*2 Ignition switch: ON
OFF
Released
RESUME/ACC SW*2 Ignition switch: ON
ON
Pressed
CANCEL SW*2 Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL switch: Pressed ON
MAIN switch: Released OFF
MAIN SW*2 Ignition switch: ON
Models with ASCD YES
ASCD APPLY*2 Ignition switch: ON
Models without ASCD NO
Engine: Idle
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0V
ETC OPEN ANGL Ignition switch: ON 84.0
THRTL SEN Ignition switch: ON 3.35 - 4.55 V
EGR/V ANGLE*2 Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Approx. 0
EGR V/POS SEN *2 Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 1,050 - 1,350 mV
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
*1: This signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, this differs from ECM terminals voltage.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
*2: If so equipped.
A
EC

Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the incident resolves itself (the part or circuit function returns
to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's com-
plaint often do not recur on (1st/2nd trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent
incidents occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident
occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may
not indicate the specific malfunctioning area.
COMMON INTERMITTENT INCIDENTS REPORT SITUATIONS

II The CONSULT-III is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than 0.
III The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
IV (1st/2nd trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI The Diagnostic Procedure for XXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
1.INSPECTION START
Erase (1st/2nd trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-342, "Emission-Related Diagnostic Information".
>> GO TO 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3.SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
TESTS.
OK or NG

A
EC
P
MBWA2126E
1.INSPECTION START
Start engine.

Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 7.
No >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
2. Check voltage between ECM connector terminal as follows.
+
Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1
F1 2
E20 107 Battery voltage
3
E20 114
1
F1 2
3
E20 114
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
10A fuse
>> Repair harness or connectors.

4.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS-I
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
JMBIA1098ZZ

(control unit)
4. Body ground E61
: Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I A

EC
3. Also check harness for short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6. D
Harness connectors F4, E9 E
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. F

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
4. Check voltage between ECM connector terminals as follows.
H
+
Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal I
1
After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
F1 2 voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
E20 119 J
3 drop approximately 0V.
E20 114
1
After turning ignition switch OFF, battery K
F1 2 voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
E20 120
3 drop approximately 0V.
E20 114 L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 8. M
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO 10.
8.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check voltage between ECM connector terminals as follows.
O
+
Voltage
1 P
F1 2
3
E20 114

+
Voltage
1
F1 2
3
E20 114
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 10.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 119 and IPDM E/R terminal 3, ECM terminal 120 and
IPDM E/R terminal 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
Check voltage between ECM connector terminals as follows.
+
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal Voltage
1
F1 2
3
E20 114
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK 20A FUSE
2. Check 20A fuse.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.

NG >> Replace 20A fuse.
13.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS-II A

2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
EC
E
JMBIA1098ZZ
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. ABS actuator and electric unit F

(control unit)
4. Body ground E61
: Vehicle front
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. H
14.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 2, 3, 114 and ground. I

J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16. K
NG >> GO TO 15.
L
M
16.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT N
Refer to EC-380.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. O
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
P
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface.

Clean as required to assure good contact.
If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the
PBIB1870E

A
D
E
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving F
U1000 (CAN communication line is open or
CAN communication line CAN communication signal of OBD (emission-
1000 shorted)
related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.
(Refer to LAN-13)

G

H
2. Check DTC.
I

MBWA1035E

A
NOTE: EC
If DTC P0016 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652 or
P0653. Refer to EC-464.
C
The correlation between crankshaft position
P0016 Crankshaft position - camshaft Crankshaft position sensor
0016 position correlation
sensor signal and camshaft position sensor
Timing chain
D
signal is out of the normal range.
Signal plate
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000003288104 E
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. F
G

The turbocharger boost control solenoid valve controls vacuum sig-

nal to the turbocharger boost control actuator. By changing the vari-
able nozzle vane opening through the rods, the intake air volume is
adjusted.
MBIB0626E

OFF pulse from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the charge air
pressure rises.
: Vehicle front
MBIB1759E
(The solenoid valve circuit is open or
P0045 Turbocharger boost control so- An improper voltage is sent to ECM through
shorted.)
0045 lenoid valve circuit / open turbocharger boost control solenoid valve.
Turbocharger boost control solenoid
valve
NOTE:

EC
P
MBWA2127E

NOTE:
Fuel pump
P0088 Fuel pressure is too much higher than the
Fuel rail pressure too high Fuel injector
0088 specified value.
NOTE:
2. Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 20 seconds.

DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP
DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP
A
NOTE: EC
C
Fuel pump
P0089 Fuel pressure is too much higher than the tar- Air mixed with fuel
0089
Fuel pump performance
get value. Lack of fuel
D

E
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. F
G
H

NOTE:
Fuel pump
ECM detects a fuel system leak. Fuel rail
P0093 (The relation between the output voltage to the Fuel pipe
Fuel system leak
0093 fuel pump and input voltage from the fuel rail Fuel rail pressure relief valve
pressure sensor is out of the normal range.) Air mixed with fuel
Lack of fuel
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the fuel system. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not
be confirmed.
NOTE:
Make sure that there is no fire hazard near the vehicle.
Before performing the following procedure, cool down engine.
WITH CONSULT-III
2. Check oil level.
3. Start engine and check fuel leakage in the engine room.
Fuel rail pressure: 25 - 35 MPa

WITH GST
2. Check oil level.
3. Start engine and check fuel leakage in the engine room.
4. Select Service $1 mode with GST.
Fuel rail pressure: 25 - 35 MPa


A
the heat loss.
PBIA9559J E
If DTC P0101 is displayed with DTC P0403, P0409 or P0488, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC F
P0403, P0409 or P0488. Refer to EC-436, EC-442 or EC-445.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause G
Mass air flow sensor H
P0101 Mass air flow sensor circuit Improper voltage from the sensor is sent to Intake air leaks
0101 range/performance ECM compared with the driving condition. Air cleaner
Intake air temperature sensor
EGR volume control valve I

J
CAUTION:
NOTE: K
WITH CONSULT-III L
M
CKPSRPM Approx. 2,800 rpm

N
VHCL SPEED SE 70 - 100 km/h
Shift lever 4th position
5. Release accelerator pedal for at least 10 seconds. O
Do not depress brake pedal during this procedure.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items. P
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-III above.

MBWA2128E

A
the heat loss.
PBIA9559J E
F
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
0102 low input sent to ECM. Harness or connectors
G
P0103 Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor Mass air flow sensor
0103 high input is sent to ECM.
H
NOTE:
K

MBWA2128E

A
The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor EC
(1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor C
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
PBIA9559J E
<Reference data>
F
Intake air temperature
C (F)
25 (77) 2.4 1.800 - 2.200 G
80 (176) 0.8 0.283 - 0.359
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 74 (Intake
air temperature sensor) and ground. H
SEF012P
I
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause J
P0112 Intake air temperature sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor
0112 circuit low input is sent to ECM. Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) K
P0113 Intake air temperature sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor Intake air temperature sensor
0113 circuit high input is sent to ECM.

L
NOTE:
3. Check 1st trip DTC. N
O

MBWA1037E

A
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine EC

the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther- C
SEF594K E
<Reference data>
F
Voltage* (V) Resistance (k)
C (F)
10 (14) 4.7 7.0 - 11.4 G
20 (68) 3.8 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.6 0.68 - 1.00
H
90 (194) 1.3 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 70 (Engine
SEF012P
I
J
P0117 Engine coolant temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is Harness or connectors
0117 sensor circuit low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or short- K
P0118 Engine coolant temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor ed.)
0118 sensor circuit high input is sent to ECM. Engine coolant temperature sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000003288152 L
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at M
2. Wait at least 5 seconds. N
O

MBWA2129E

A

C
PBIB1741E E

MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
NOTE:
If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC
G
H
P0122 Accelerator pedal position sensor An excessively low voltage from the APP Harness or connectors
0122 1 circuit low input sensor 1 is sent to ECM. (The APP sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
P0123 Accelerator pedal position sensor An excessively high voltage from the APP Accelerator pedal position sensor
0123 1 circuit high input sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
I
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)
J
NOTE:
K
3. Check DTC. L

MBWA2130E

A
Fuel pump temperature sensor (1) is built in the fuel pump (2). The EC
sensor detects the fuel temperature in the fuel pump and calibrates
the fuel injection amount change by fuel temperature.
C
MBIB1751E E
F
P0182 Fuel pump temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
0182 sensor circuit low input sent to ECM. Harness or connectors
G
P0183 Fuel pump temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is Fuel pump temperature sensor
H
NOTE:
K

MBWA2133E

A
The fuel rail pressure (FRP) sensor (1) is placed to the fuel rail. It EC
measures the fuel pressure in the fuel rail. The sensor sends voltage
signal to the ECM. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises.
The ECM controls the fuel pressure in the fuel rail by the inlet throt-
tling device. The ECM uses the signal from fuel rail pressure sensor C
as a feedback signal.
MBIB1754E E
NOTE: F
G
P0192 Fuel rail pressure sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
0192 circuit low input sent to ECM. Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) H
P0193 Fuel rail temperature sen- An excessively high voltage from the sensor is Fuel rail temperature sensor
0193 sor circuit high input sent to ECM.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at J
2. Wait at least 5 seconds. K
L

MBWA2134E

A
EC
P0200 Fuel injector power supply ECM detects a voltage of power source for the
ECM
0200 circuit fuel injector is excessively high or low.
C
NOTE: D
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. E
F

needs.
PBIB0465E
0202 circuit open through No. 2 cylinder fuel injector. Harness or connectors
(The fuel injector circuit is open.)
P0203 No. 3 cylinder fuel injector An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM Fuel injector
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION

EC
MBWA2135E

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (WITH ELECTRIC COOLING
FAN)
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
NOTE:
If DTC P0217 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-387.
Cooling Fan Control

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature IPDM E/R
Cooling fan control
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal* (Cooling fan relays)
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure

*: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line.
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
MBIB1266E

Cooling fan relay

Cooling fan speed
1 2
Stop (OFF) OFF OFF
Low (LOW) ON OFF
High (HI) ON ON
Cooling Fan Motor

Cooling fan motor terminals A

Cooling fan speed
(+) ()
1 3 and 4
Low (LOW) EC
2 3 and 4
C

MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. D
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is E
indicated.
F
(The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
IPDM E/R
Cooling fan does not operate properly Cooling fan G
(Overheat). Cooling fan (Crankshaft driven)
Cooling fan system does not operate Radiator hose
P0217 Engine over temperature properly (Overheat). Radiator
0217 (Overheat) Engine coolant was not added to the sys- Radiator cap H
tem using the proper filling method. Reservoir tank
Engine coolant is not within the specified Reservoir tank cap
range. Water pump
Thermostat I
For more information, refer to EC-417, "Main
12 Causes of Overheating".
CAUTION: J
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to MA-26, "Changing Engine
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to K
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000003288224 L
firmed.
M
WARNING:
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up N
WITH CONSULT-III O

cause items.
cause items.
4. Perform COOLING FAN in ACTIVE TEST mode with CON-
SULT-III. SEF621W
5. If the results are NG, check possible cause items.

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
cause items.
cause items.
SEF621W
3. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PG-17, "Auto Active
Test".

EC
MBWA2136E

MBWA2137E


Blocked condenser
Blocked bumper
C
3 Coolant level Visual Coolant up to MAX level in reservoir
tank and radiator filler neck
D
4 Reservoir tank cap Pressure tester See CO-42, "Standard and Limit".
6 Thermostat Touch the upper and lower Both hoses should be hot E
ON*2
radiator hoses
ON*1 7 Cooling fan CONSULT-III Operating

F
Cooling fan (Crankshaft driv-
ON*2 7
en)
Visual Operating
OFF 8 Combustion gas leak Color checker chemical Negative

tester 4 Gas analyzer G
Coolant overflow to reservoir Visual No overflow during driving and idling
H
tank
OFF*4 10 Coolant return from reservoir Visual Should be initial level in reservoir tank
tank to radiator
I
OFF 11 Cylinder head Straight gauge feeler gauge 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum distortion
(warping)
12 Cylinder block and pistons Visual No scuffing on cylinder walls or piston
J
K

FAN)
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (WITHOUT ELECTRIC COOL-
ING FAN)

rise.
indicated.
Cooling fan
Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over- Radiator hose
heat). Radiator
Cooling fan system does not operate properly Radiator cap
P0217 Engine over temperature (Overheat). Reservoir tank
0217 (Overheat) Engine coolant was not added to the system Reservoir tank cap
using the proper filling method. Water pump
Engine coolant is not within the specified Thermostat
range. For more information, refer to EC-419,
CAUTION:
firmed.
WARNING:
cause items.
cause items.
SEF621W

FAN)

Blocked condenser
Blocked bumper
C
D
4 Reservoir tank cap Pressure tester 78 - 117.8 kPa
(0.78 - 1.18 bar, 0.8 - 1.2 kg/cm2,
11 - 17 psi) (Limit)
E
diator hoses F
1 7 Cooling fan Visual Operating
ON*
4 Gas analyzer G
ON*2 9 Coolant temperature gauge Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when driv-
ing
Coolant overflow to reservoir Visual No overflow during driving and H
tank idling
tank to radiator tank I
OFF 11 Cylinder head Straight gauge feeler gauge 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum dis-
tortion (warping)
12 Cylinder block and pistons Visual No scuffing on cylinder walls or J
piston
*2: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes. K


PBIB1741E

NOTE:
P0222 Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP Harness or connectors
0222 sensor 2 circuit low input sensor 2 is sent to ECM. (The APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
P0223 Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP Accelerator pedal position sensor
0223 sensor 2 circuit high input sensor 2 is sent to ECM. (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.

EC
MBWA2138E

DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
The load from the turbocharger boost control solenoid valve controls
MBIB0626E

OFF pulse from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the charge air
pressure rises.
: Vehicle front
MBIB1759E

NOTE:
Turbocharger
P0234 Turbocharger overboost ECM detects turbocharger boost pressure Vacuum pump
0234 condition is excessively high. Turbocharger boost sensor
Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the turbocharger. During this check, a DTC might not be
confirmed.
2. Make sure that turbocharger control actuator (1) rod moves
slightly when engine is started.
: Vehicle front
MBIB1771E

DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
EC
MBWA2127E

The turbocharger boost sensor detects pressure in the exit side of

the charge air cooler. The sensor output voltage to the ECM
increases as pressure increases.
MBIB0614E
MBIB0899E
NOTE:
P0237 Turbocharger boost sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
0237 circuit low input sent to ECM. Harness or connectors
P0238 Turbocharger boost sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is Turbocharger boost sensor
0238 circuit high input sent to ECM.
NOTE:

EC
MBWA2139E

The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is located on the cylinder

olution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing
revolution.
MBIB1323E
NOTE:
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor Crankshaft position sensor signal is not detect
0335 circuit by the ECM when engine is running.
NOTE:
If engine could not start, keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds.

EC
MBWA2140E

The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is located on the cylinder

olution.
the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing
revolution.
MBIB1323E
NOTE:
P0336 Crankshaft position sensor Crankshaft position sensor signal is not in the (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0336 circuit range/performance normal pattern when engine is running. Crankshaft position sensor
Signal plate
NOTE:

EC
MBWA2140E

The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the retraction with cam-
ative, the camshaft position (CMP) sensor provides various controls
nals.
MBIB1323E
change.
NOTE:
P0340 Camshaft position sensor Camshaft position sensor signal is not detect
0340 circuit by the ECM when engine is running.
NOTE:

EC
MBWA2141E

The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the retraction with cam-
ative, the camshaft position (CMP) sensor provides various controls
nals.
MBIB1323E
change.
NOTE:
Harness connectors
(The sensor circuit is opener shorted.)
P0341 Camshaft position sensor Camshaft position sensor signal is not in the Camshaft position sensor
0341 circuit range/performance normal pattern when engine is running. Starter motor
Starting system circuit
Signal plate
NOTE:

EC
MBWA2141E

An excessively low voltage is sent to ECM
(The glow relay circuit is open or shorted.)
through glow relay.
P0380 Glow relay
Glow relay circuit
0380 Harness or connectors
An excessively high voltage is sent to ECM
(The glow relay circuit is shorted.)
through glow relay.
Glow relay
NOTE:

EC
MBWA2142E

DTC P0403 EGR SYSTEM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed*
EGR volume control
Ignition switch Start signal EGR volume control
valve
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation*
Intake air temperature sensor Intake air temperature
Barometric pressure sensor Barometric pressure
EGR volume control valve control position EGR volume control valve control po-
sensor sition
This system controls the flow rate of EGR led from exhaust manifold to intake manifold. The opening of the
EGR passage in the EGR volume control valve changes to control the EGR flow rate. A built-in DC motor
moves the valve continuously corresponding to the ECM output signal. The EGR volume control valve control
position sensor detects the valve position and sends the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the cur-
rent opening angle of the valve from this signals and the ECM controls the DC motor to make the valve open-
ing angle properly.
The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is deter-
mined by considering various engine conditions.
The EGR volume control valve remains close under the following conditions.
Engine stopped
Engine starting
Low engine coolant temperature
Excessively high engine coolant temperature
High engine speed
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
MBIB1779E
EGR Volume Control Valve

The EGR volume control valve consists of valve, actuator and posi-
tion sensor, etc. The valve is installed in EGR passage, and oper- A
ated by the actuator according to the output signal of the ECM. The
actuator used DC motor and it opens or closes the valve to change
the EGR flow rate.
EC
The EGR volume control valve control position sensor consists of a
permanent magnet and Hall IC. It senses the valve shaft movement
and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM.The ECM judges the cur-
rent opening angle of the valve from this signals, and controls the C
DC motor to make the valve opening angle in response to driving
conditions.
MBIB1780E
D
NOTE:
If DTC P0403 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause F
(The EGR volume control valve circuit is
P0403 EGR volume control valve Excessively high duty voltage signal is
open or shorted.)
0403 stuck sent to the valve for the specified time.
EGR volume control valve stuck closed
G
EGR passage clogged

H
NOTE:
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
J
3. Restart engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items. K

MBWA2143E

DTC P0405, P0406 EGR SENSOR
A
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC

Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed C
D
EGR volume control
Ignition switch Start signal EGR volume control E
valve
F
sensor sition
G
moves the valve continuously corresponding to the ECM output signal. The EGR volume control valve control H
ing angle properly. I
J
Engine stopped
Engine starting
Excessively high engine coolant temperature K
High engine speed
L
MBIB1779E
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION O

tion sensor, etc. The valve is installed in EGR passage, and oper-
the EGR flow rate.
rent opening angle of the valve from this signals, and controls the
conditions.
MBIB1780E
NOTE:
If DTC P0405, P0406 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0405 EGR volume control valve control An excessively low voltage from the Harness or connectors
0405 position sensor circuit low input sensor is sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0406 EGR volume control valve control An excessively high voltage from the EGR volume control valve control position
0406 position sensor circuit high input sensor is sent to ECM. sensor
NOTE:

EC
MBWA2144E

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed
EGR volume control
Ignition switch Start signal EGR volume control
valve
sensor sition
moves the valve continuously corresponding to the ECM output signal. The EGR volume control valve control
ing angle properly.
Engine stopped
Engine starting
Excessively high engine coolant temperature
High engine speed
MBIB1779E

tion sensor, etc. The valve is installed in EGR passage, and oper- A
the EGR flow rate.
EC
rent opening angle of the valve from this signals, and controls the C
conditions.
MBIB1780E
D
NOTE:
If DTC P0409 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause F
P0409 EGR volume control valve does not The characteristic of EGR volume control (The EGR volume control valve
0409 operate properly. valve is not in the specified range. circuit is open or shorted.)
EGR volume control valve
G
H
NOTE:
I
WITH CONSULT-III
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. J
3. Confirm that engine coolant temperature is more than 81C (178F).
K
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items. L
WITH GST
M

MBWA2143E

A
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC

Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed C
D
EGR volume control
Ignition switch Start signal EGR volume control E
valve
F
sensor sition
G
moves the valve continuously corresponding to the ECM output signal. The EGR volume control valve control H
ing angle properly. I
J
Engine stopped
Engine starting
Excessively high engine coolant temperature K
High engine speed
L
MBIB1779E
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION O

tion sensor, etc. The valve is installed in EGR passage, and oper-
the EGR flow rate.
rent opening angle of the valve from this signals, and controls the
conditions.
MBIB1780E
NOTE:
The ECM internal circuit for driving the EGR vol- (The EGR volume control valve
P0488 EGR driving circuit does not
ume control valve does not function properly circuit is shorted.)
0488 function properly.
due to high temperature or excessive current. EGR volume control valve
ECM
NOTE:

EC
MBWA2148E


NOTE:
to EC-387.
to EC-458.
shorted)
(Refer to LAN-13)
Combination meter
P0501 Vehicle speed sensor range/ A change of vehicle speed signal is ex-
(Refer to DI-10)
0501 performance cessively large during specified time.
(Refer to BRC-14)
Wheel sensor
(Refer to BRC-14)
ECM
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
1. Start engine.
3. Check DTC.

A
The ECM receives vehicle speed sensor signal via CAN communication line. It is sent from combination EC
C
NOTE:
If DTC P0502 is displayed with DTC U1000 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer D
to EC-387.
to EC-458. E
Harness or connectors F
shorted)
(Refer to LAN-13)
Combination meter G
P0502 Vehicle speed sensor circuit Vehicle speed signal is excessively low
(Refer to DI-10)
0502 low input compared with the driving condition.
(Refer to BRC-14)
Wheel sensor
H
(Refer to BRC-14)
ECM
I
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. J
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
L
WITH CONSULT-III
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. M
CKPSRPM (TDC) More than 2,800 rpm N

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60C (140 F)
Clutch pedal Fully released
O
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items. P
WITH GST


NOTE:
to EC-387.
to EC-458.
shorted)
(Refer to LAN-13)
Combination meter
P0503 Vehicle speed sensor circuit Vehicle speed signal is excessively high
(Refer to DI-10)
0503 high input compared with the driving condition.
(Refer to BRC-14)
Wheel sensor
(Refer to BRC-14)
ECM
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
1. Start engine.
3. Check DTC.

A
When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch (1) and EC
stop lamp switch (2) are turned ON. ECM detects the state of the
brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal).
C
MBIB1214E E

G
(The stop lamp switch circuit is open or
shorted.)
(The ASCD brake switch circuit is open or
shorted.)
When the vehicle speed is above 5 km/h
P0504
(3 MPH), ON signal from the stop lamp
(The ASCD clutch switch circuit is open or
I
ASCD brake switch switch and OFF signal from the ASCD
0504 shorted.)
brake switch are sent to the ECM at the
Stop lamp switch
same time.
ASCD brake switch J
ASCD clutch switch
Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
Incorrect ASCD clutch switch installation K
ECM

L
CAUTION:
NOTE: M
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 3 and 4 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a N
WITH CONSULT-III
O
1. Start engine.
3. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator lights up. P

5. Check DTC.


8. Check DTC.
WITH GST

EC
MBWA2149E


Battery
P0563 An excessively high voltage from the battery is Battery terminal
Battery voltage high
0563 sent to ECM. Alternator
Incorrect jump starting
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

A
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation EC
E
MBIB1761E
1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch 3. SET/COAST switch F

4. MAIN switch 5. CANCEL switch

G
NOTE: H
Refer to EC-457.
I
P0580 ASCD steering switch circuit ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch Harness or connectors
0580 low input is stuck ON. (The switch circuit is open or shorted.) J
P0581 ASCD steering switch circuit An excessively high voltage signal from the ASCD steering switch
0581 high input ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM. ECM

K
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at L
2. Wait at least 10 seconds. M
onds. N
5. Press SET COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Check DTC. O

MBWA2150E

DTC P0605 ECM
DTC P0605 ECM
A

MBIB0625E E
F
ECM ROM is malfunctioning. ECM
0605 (ROM) G
NOTE: H
1. Turn ignition switch ON. I
J

DTC P0606 ECM
DTC P0606 ECM

MBIB0625E
ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. ECM
0606 (Processor)
NOTE:

A
C
D
P0628 Fuel pump control circuit ECM detects a control circuit for the fuel
0628 low input pump is open or short to ground. Harness or connectors
(The fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.) E
P0629 Fuel pump control circuit ECM detects a control circuit for the fuel Fuel pump
0629 high input pump is short to power.
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000003288401 F
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. G
H
I

MBWA2151E

DTC P0638 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR FUNCTION
DTC P0638 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR FUNCTION
A
Electric throttle control actuator (2) consists of throttle control motor EC

which operates throttle valve, throttle position sensor which detects
the opening angle of throttle valve, etc.
Throttle valve is fully opened when regeneration is not performed.
The valve is closed only to perform regeneration. C
Based on the signal from throttle position sensor, ECM judges
whether or not throttle control actuator operates properly.
: Vehicle front D
EGR volume control valve (1)
MBIB1769E E

P0638 Electric throttle control actuator There is a gap between angle of target and
0638 range/performance phase-control angle.
H
NOTE:
2. Start engine and let it idle for 10 seconds. J
3. Check DTC.
K

P0642 Sensor power supply circuit ECM detects a voltage of power source Harness or connectors
0642 low for sensor is excessively low. (The APP sensor 1 power supply circuit is
shorted.)
(Crankshaft position sensor circuit is short-
ed.)
(EGR volume control valve control position
P0643 Sensor power supply circuit ECM detects a voltage of power source sensor circuit is shorted.)
0643 high for sensor is excessively high. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)
EGR volume control valve control position
sensor
NOTE:

EC
P
MBWA2152E

P0652 Sensor power supply circuit ECM detects a voltage of power Harness or connectors
0652 low source for sensor is excessively low. (APP sensor 2 power supply circuit is shorted.)
(Camshaft position sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Throttle position sensor circuit is shorted.)
P0653 Sensor power supply circuit ECM detects a voltage of power Accelerator pedal position sensor
0653 high source for Sensor is excessively high. (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)
Throttle position sensor
Refrigerant pressure sensor
NOTE:

EC
MBWA2153E


MBIB0625E
P0668 ECM internal temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
0668 sensor circuit low input sent to ECM.
ECM
P0669 ECM internal temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
NOTE:

DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
A
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. EC

C
P0686 ECM detects ECM relay is stuck closed even if ig-
ECM relay circuit (The ECM relay circuit is shorted.)
0686 nition switch OFF.
ECM relay
D
NOTE: E
1. Turn ignition switch ON and then turn OFF.
F
4. Check DTC. G

DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
MBWA2154E

A
The malfunction information related to TCS is transferred through the CAN communication line from ABS EC
actuator and electric unit (control unit) to ECM.
NOTE:
(control unit) but also for ECM after TCS related repair. C
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. D

P1211 ECM receives a malfunction information from
TCS control unit (Refer to BRC-14)
1211 ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
TCS related parts F
NOTE: G
1. Turn ignition switch ON. H
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items. I

This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse
signals are exchanged between ECM and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
NOTE:
If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer
to EC-387.

ECM can not receive the information from shorted.)
P1212
TCS communication line ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) (Refer to LAN-13)
1212
continuously. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
(Refer to BRC-14)
Dead (Weak) battery
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.

A
needs. D
PBIB0465E E

G
The valve built into No. 1 cylinder fuel injector
P1268
No. 1 cylinder fuel injector is not closed properly (stuck open) when the
1268
injector is not energized.
H
The valve built into No. 2 cylinder fuel injector
P1269
No. 2 cylinder fuel injector is not closed properly (stuck open) when the Harness or connectors
1269
injector is not energized. (The fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.)
The valve built into No. 3 cylinder fuel injector Fuel injector I
P1270 Injector adjustment value
1270
The valve built into No. 4 cylinder fuel injector J
P1271
1271

K
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driv- L
ing.
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes. N
2. Check DTC.
If DTC is not detected, go to next step. O
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 60 seconds.
CKPSRPM 700 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained)

P
COOLAN TEMP/S Less than 75C (167F)

Accelerator pedal Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
5. Check DTC.

WITH GST
MBWA2135E

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
A
When the fuel pressure in fuel rail (2) increases to excessively high, EC
fuel pressure relief valve (1) opens to carry excess fuel to the return
hose.
: Vehicle front
C
MBIB1752E E
NOTE: F
G
(Fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.)
Fuel rail pressure relief valve is open be- H
P1272 Fuel rail pressure relief Fuel pump
cause of fuel pressure control system mal-
1272 valve open Fuel rail pressure sensor
function.
Air mixed with fuel
Lack of fuel
I
NOTE: J
1. Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4,000 rpm for at least 5 seconds, then release the acceler- K
ator pedal.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items. L

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
MBWA2151E

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
A
amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel pump increases, the fuel raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result,
C
NOTE:
If DTC P1273 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652 or D
(The fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.)
P1273 ECM detects the abnormal pulse of fuel Fuel pump F
Fuel pump insufficient flow
1273 pressure. Injector adjustment value
Air mixed with fuel
Lack of fuel
G
NOTE:
J

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
MBWA2151E

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
A
C

NOTE: D
E
P1274 Fuel pressure is too much higher than the (The fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.) F
Fuel pump protection
1274 target value. Fuel pump
NOTE:
1. Tuning ignition switch ON.
2. Start engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds. I
3. Check DTC.
J

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
MBWA2151E

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
A
the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to fuel
C

NOTE: D
E
P1275 Fuel pressure is too much higher than the (The fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.) F
Fuel pump exchange
1275 target value. Fuel pump
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.
J

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
MBWA2151E

A
Injector adjustment value indicates manufacturing tolerance and the value is printed on the top of fuel injec- EC
two values.
The injector adjustment value stored in ECM C
PBIB3150E
G

H
I
Injector adjustment value
P1622 Injector adjustment value (Injector adjustment value has not
Injector adjustment value is not stored in ECM. J
1622 data uninput been written onto ECM memory yet,
or the value has been initialized.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000003288485 K
NOTE:
L
M
3. Check DTC.
N

Injector adjustment value indicates manufacturing tolerance and the value is printed on the top of fuel injector.
The injector adjustment value which is correctly stored in ECM is needed for precise fuel injection control.
two values.
The injector adjustment value stored in ECM
PBIB3150E

CONSULT-III communication status
(The status of CONSULT-III communica-
P1623 Injector adjustment value ECM detects the abnormal value of injector
tion becomes improper during Injector Ad-
1623 data error adjustment value.
justment Value Registration.)
ECM
NOTE:
This DTC is not detected when injector adjustment value (not correct but existent) is stored in ECM.
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.

A
Throttle control motor is operated by ECM and it opens and closed EC

throttle valve. Throttle valve is fully opened when regeneration is not
performed. The valve is closed only to perform regeneration.
whether throttle control actuator (2) operates throttle valve properly C
or not.
: Vehicle front
EGR volume control valve (1) D
MBIB1769E E
F
P2118 Throttle control motor circuit The signal voltage transmitted from the (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.) G
2118 range/ performance ECM to sensor is higher. Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor)

H
NOTE:
2. Wait at least 1 second. J
K

MBWA2156E

A
Electric throttle control actuator (2) consists of throttle control motor EC

which operates throttle valve, throttle position sensor which detects
the opening angle of throttle valve, etc.
whether or not throttle control actuator operates properly.
: Vehicle front D
EGR volume control valve (1)
MBIB1769E E

P2119 Electric throttle control actuator Electric throttle control actuator does not function
2119 range/performance properly due to the return spring malfunction.
H
NOTE:
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. J
3. Check DTC.
K


PBIB1741E

NOTE:
The correlation between APP sensor 1 (The APP sensor circuit is open or
P2135 Accelerator pedal position sensor
signal and APP sensor 2 signal is out of shorted.)
2135 1, 2 signal correlation
the normal range. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1 and 2)
NOTE:
3. Depress accelerator pedal slowly spending 5 seconds, and then release it slowly spending 5 seconds.
4. Check DTC.

EC
P
MBWA2157E

needs.
PBIB0465E
P2146 No. 1 and 4 cylinder fuel injector An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
2146 power supply circuit open through No. 1 and 4 cylinder fuel injector. Harness or connectors
P2149 No. 2 and 3 cylinder fuel injector An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM (The fuel injector circuit is open.)
2149 power supply circuit open through No. 2 and 3 cylinder fuel injector.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION

EC
P
MBWA2158E

needs.
PBIB0465E
P2147 Fuel injector circuit low in- ECM detects the fuel injector circuit is shorted to
2147 put ground. Harness or connectors
P2148 Fuel injector circuit high in- ECM detects the fuel injector circuit is shorted to (The fuel injector circuit is shorted.)
2148 put power.
NOTE:

EC
P
MBWA2135E

The barometric pressure sensor is built into ECM. The sensor

detects ambient barometric pressure and sends the voltage signal to
the microcomputer.
MBIB0625E
P2228 Barometric pressure sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the barometric
2228 low input pressure sensor (built-into ECM) is sent to ECM.
ECM
P2229 Barometric pressure sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the barometric
2229 high input pressure sensor (built-into ECM) is sent to ECM.
NOTE:

A
Electric throttle control actuator consists of the following two compo- EC

nents, throttle control motor with gear which operates throttle valve,
throttle position sensor which detects throttle position sensor.
Throttle position sensor detects the opening angle of throttle valve
and converts the angle into a voltage signal. Based on the signal,
ECM judges whether throttle control actuator operates throttle valve D
properly or not.
PBIB3184E E
NOTE: F
G
P2621 Throttle position sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sen-
2621 low input sor is sent to ECM. Harness or connectors
(The TP sensor circuit is open or shorted.) H
P2622 Throttle position sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the Throttle position sensor
2622 high input sensor is sent to ECM.
NOTE:
J
2. Wait at least 1 second. K
L

MBWA2159E

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
A
EC
P
MBWA2160E

MBWA2161E

A
EC
P
MBWA2162E

BRAKE SWITCH
BRAKE SWITCH
MBWA2163E

PNP SWITCH
PNP SWITCH
A
EC
MBWA2164E

START SIGNAL
START SIGNAL
MBWA2165E

ASCD INDICATOR
ASCD INDICATOR
A
EC
P
MBWA2166E

MBWA2167E

A
General Specification INFOID:0000000003288599
EC
A/T No load* (in P or N position)
Target idle speed 75025 rpm
M/T No load* (in Neutral position)
A/T In P or N position 750 rpm or more C
Air conditioner: ON
M/T In Neutral position 800 rpm or more
Maximum engine speed 4,900 rpm
D
Heat up switch: OFF
E
Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000003288600 F

G
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4V
Idle (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8V*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load. H
I
25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
J
80 (176) 0.283 - 0.359

K

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 L
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
M
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000003288604
N
Supply voltage Approximately 5V
Idle (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.) 1.7 - 2.0V
2,000 rpm (Engine is warmed up to normal operating tempera- O
2.0 - 2.3V
ture.)

P
Resistance [at 10 - 60C (50 - 140F)] 0.3 - 0.6
Glow Plug INFOID:0000000003288608
Resistance [at 25C (77F)] Approximately 0.8

Resistance [at 10 - 60C (50 - 140F)] 1.5 - 3.0
Throttle Control Motor INFOID:0000000003288613
Resistance [at 25C (77F)] Approximately 0.3 - 100

Códigos de Fallas Nissan Navara (Inglés)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Códigos de Fallas Nissan Navara (Inglés)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Códigos de Fallas Nissan Navara (Inglés)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What is the purpose of the document?

What is the purpose of the document?

What components are discussed in the document?

What components are discussed in the document?

ENGINE

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

Revision: 2007 September EC-1 D40

Revision: 2007 September EC-2 D40

Revision: 2007 September EC-3 D40

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT

Revision: 2007 September EC-4 D40

Revision: 2007 September EC-5 D40

Revision: 2007 September EC-6 D40

Revision: 2007 September EC-7 D40

Revision: 2007 September EC-8 D40

Revision: 2007 September EC-9 D40

DTC P1623 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VAL- PNP SWITCH .................................................... 499

Revision: 2007 September EC-10 D40

Revision: 2007 September EC-11 D40

DTC*1 Items MIL lighting

U1001 1001*3 CAN COMM CIRCUIT 2 EC-71

Revision: 2007 September EC-12 D40

DTC*1 Items MIL lighting

Revision: 2007 September EC-13 D40

Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

Revision: 2007 September EC-14 D40

When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it securely

When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

Revision: 2007 September EC-15 D40

When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow

Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.

Revision: 2007 September EC-16 D40

Revision: 2007 September EC-17 D40

EG17680000 Measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester

Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000003332212

Tool name Description

Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant tempera-

Revision: 2007 September EC-18 D40

Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

Revision: 2007 September EC-19 D40

Revision: 2007 September EC-20 D40

Emission-related diagnostic information

1st trip Freeze Frame

Emission-related Diagnostic Information INFOID:0000000003249081

Revision: 2007 September EC-21 D40

Revision: 2007 September EC-22 D40

M/T models: 625 50 rpm (in Neutral position)

Revision: 2007 September EC-23 D40

M/T models: 625 50 rpm (in Neutral position)

Revision: 2007 September EC-24 D40

11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING D

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

M/T models: 15 5 BTDC (in Neutral position)

16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION

Revision: 2007 September EC-25 D40

When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed.

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

Revision: 2007 September EC-26 D40